Godox F800R Flexible RGB LED Light with FA800 Air Softbox Kit

Godox GD-F800R-K2 (GD/F800R-K2, GD F800R K2, GD/F800R/K2, GDF800RK2) F800R Flexible RGB LED Light with FA800 Air Softbox Kit The Godox F800R-K2 4'x4' is a 460W IP54 waterproof, lightweight, powerful, and ultra-slim LED mat panel light for professional cinematography. It features a CRI of ≥ 96 and a TLCI of ≥ 98, ensuring impeccable colour accuracy. Supporting industry-standard protocols like DMX512 and CRMX, it also offers seamless control via the Godox Light App and Bluetooth. Designed for large-scale film and TV productions, broadcasting, and commercial video, it excels in both studio and outdoor environments. The F800R-K2 kit includes an inflatable soft diffuser, delivering beautifully soft and even lighting. Full-Colour Brilliance In Every Scene The Godox F800R continues KNOWLED's legacy of great brightness and saturation, delivering cinema-grade colour and light intensity. With a wide colour-temperature range of 1,800-10,000K, as well as Green/Magenta adjustment, this foldable light mat is perfect for illuminating people, rendering skin tones, and producing dynamic scene lighting.  Full IP54 Weather-Resistance The F800R ultra-slim LED panel light is designed to last with its IP54 certification, meaning that it is completely protected from dust and water from the light head down to the controller box. It ensures you get the best, most reliable lighting performance, whatever the weather.  New Enhanced Bracket The KNOWLED RGB F-series panel comes with a newly upgraded metal bracket with added rigidity and physical protection while still maintaining its ease of use. The redesigned, flatter X-bracket allows the light mat to fit into tighter spaces, offering increased versatility.  Available in Five Sizes The KNOWLED RGB F-series is available in five sizes, each designed to fit industry-standard diffusion fabrics and truss systems. These tunable-colour light mats are consistent across the entire range, making it easy to swap sizes or power arrays on set. Each size can also be linked together to create custom lighting setups. All panels fold down for hassle-free storage and transportation. These LED light mats' sizes include the 1'x2' F100R, the 2'x2' F200R, the 1'x4x F200SR, the 2'x4' F400R, and the 4'x4' F800R. Multiple Lighting Controls The Godox F800R features a built-in LumenRadio module for stable and efficient wireless connection via the CRMX protocol. This ultra-slim LED panel light also supports Bluetooth connectivity and on-board controls. It is also compatible with Ethernet Art-Net and ACN protocols. Power, Anytime, Anywhere The F800R RGB LED light mat can be powered by V-mount batteries, which makes it perfect for use in locations where you do not have easy access to mains AC power.  Unrivalled Cinema-Grade Colour Accuracy The Godox F400R has a CRI of ≥96+ and a TLCI of ≥97. This means that the it will render colours accurately, making it ideal for broadcast usage. This foldable light mat is perfect for illuminating TV studios and movie sets. Colour Consistency Across All Units. The KNOWLED RGB F-series has been engineered to produce impeccable colour consistency with no visible colour shifts throughout the full range. Whether you are using one of the larger panels alongside one of the smaller panels, you can rest assured that KNOWLED's advanced Colour Calibration Management system delivers reliable, professional performance with all of your lighting projects.  Endless Shapes, Compact Size  The Godox F-series can be used with or without the airbag attached or mounted to its frame. The airbags inflate and deflate quickly, making the lights more compact and space-efficient compared to traditional diffused setups. When not in use, this ultra-slim LED panel light folds down for easy storage. Store it in your travel case for shipping to save space, ensuring quick setup and efficient storage.

Godox AT200BI Knowled Air Tube Light with CB98

Godox GD-AT200BI (GD/AT200BI, GD_AT200BI, GDAT200BI, GD AT200BI) AT200BI Knowled Air Tube Light with CB98 The Godox KNOWLED AT200Bi is an Innovative Low-profiled Foldable Air Tube Light that is all about achieving amazingly soft lighting in a portable form factor. Seamlessly combining a foldable LED light mat with an inflatable softbox, the Godox AT200Bi’s expansive light-emitting surface, ensures gentle, even, virtually shadowless illumination, making it the ideal soft light source for photographers, budding independent filmmakers, as well as veteran lighting gaffers and cinematographers. Featuring a wealth of features such as a CRI and TLCI of 96+, DMX512 control (and CRMX with the TimoLink RX Receiver - sold separately), and IP65 Weather-resistance, makes the Godox Knowled AD200Bi air tube light able to seamlessly integrate into a Broadcasting studio, professional filmmaker’s or cinematographer’s pipeline and workflow. A Convenient, Foldable Masterpiece. The main body of the AT200Bi is an LED light mat with a lightweight, foldable design. This makes it a highly portable LED light source. This allows it to seamlessly integrate and adapt to a wide range of shooting environments, unlocking limitless creative possibilities. Innovative, Modular Design. The AT200Bi bi-colour air tube light sports a modular design, allowing for the effortless separation of the air softbox from the LED main light mat. This unique feature enhances user convenience and ensures hassle-free maintenance. In cases where the air softbox gets damaged, it can be repaired or replaced independently of the main light mat, thus minimising additional expenses. Handheld or Suspended. The KNOWLED AT200Bi foldable air tube light features a lightweight body and built-in handles, enabling it to be handheld by a lighting assistant for shooting scenarios where using a traditional stand isn’t feasible or practical. It also featured a detachable stand mount, enabling it to be mounted C-Stand or a boom stand. IP65 Weather-Resistance. Boasting a weather-resistance of IP65, the KNOWLED AT200Bi light body is your ally in rain or shine. Envelop your creativity in its brilliance, even amid challenging outdoor environments.

Godox AM1600R-48K KNOWLED 1600W RGB 4X8 Inflatable Light

Godox GD-AM1600R-48K (GD/AM1600R-48K, GD/AM1600R/48K, GDAM1600R48K, GD AM1600R 48K) AM1600R-48K KNOWLED 1600W RGB 4X8 Inflatable Light The Godox KNOWLED AM1600R 48K 4'x8' 1600W Inflatable RGB LED Cine Light is a high-performance, weather-resistant lighting solution designed for professional film and television production. This powerful full-colour RGB LED mat panel delivers outstanding colour accuracy with a CRI of ≈96 and a TLCI of ≈95, ensuring true-to-life colour rendering on set. Lightweight and portable, its inflatable design makes it easy to set up in both studio environments and challenging outdoor locations. With an IP54 weatherproof rating, built to withstand demanding production conditions. The AM1600R supports industry-standard DMX512 and CRMX protocols as well as convenient wireless control via the Godox Light App using Bluetooth. Ideal for cinematographers, gaffers, and lighting technicians working on feature films, TV series, commercials, and broadcast productions, the Godox KNOWLED AM1600R combines flexibility, durability, and professional-grade performance in one innovative lighting tool. Large-Scale Cinematic Lighting Solution The AM1600R's 1600W of raw output produces soft, full-colour lighting with CCT, HSI, RGBW, GEL, and FX colour modes. Its Green/Magenta adjustment allows for exact tint calibration to match the ambient lighting of any shooting environment. Its large size, combined with its 4x8 diffuser, enables it to produce soft, smooth, evenly diffused lighting. Modular Design The KNOWLED AM1600R comes in two sizes: the 4'x8' model for increased brightness and an 8'x8' version that delivers softer light with broader coverage. Both variants share the same controller box, simplifying the process of assembling large light arrays. Its modular design features Velcro fasteners for quick panel swaps, while D-rings on the rear facilitate easy connection or extension of panels to accommodate various shooting needs. Resist Wear, Tear, and Scratches The KNOWLED AM1600R's inflatable butterfly frame uses advanced materials made with precision manufacturing to dramatically improve scratch and abrasion resistance, ensuring you get many years of use out of it. This helps tackle the common issue of air leaks and punctures due to damage that has occurred on set No Truss? No Hassle! Thanks to its robust durability and structural integrity, the AM1600R can be safely suspended without requiring truss supports or rigging. Simply connect the included pump to 8 Psi, and the light is ready for use in as little as three minutes. This makes it an excellent choice for shoots in locations where truss systems are impractical or unavailable. Lasts Up To 15 Days Without Re-Inflation The KNOWLED AM1600R has been engineered for superior airtightness, maintaining its form for up to 15 days without requiring re-inflation. This reliability eliminates the need for daily air top-ups, making it ideal for extended production schedules.

Godox S60BI 60W Focusable Dimmable LED Light

Godox GD-S60BI (GD-S60BI, GD-S60BI, GD-S60BI, GD-S60BI) S60BI 60W Focusable Dimmable LED Light The GODOX S60Bi Focusing LED Light is a 60W 2800K ~6500K Bi-Colour light source that gives you the ability to continuously vary the beam angle anywhere between 6° and 55°. You can get the ideal spotlight size by adjusting the rotary knob on the back. This enables you to either throw the light over a greater distance or flood an area with light. This compact, lightweight LED light features an optical lens system that projects a silky-smooth graduated ball of light, ideal for use as a spotlight or for highlighting specific parts of the scene. The S60Bi LED spotlight is perfect for Cinematographers, Lighting Directors, as well as Photographers who want to emphasise specific parts of the scene or to add mood to their imagery. Unprecedented Control and Precision The beam angle of the S60Bi focusing LED light features a dial at the side of the light, which enables you to adjust the beam angle of your light anywhere between 6° and 55°. This enables you to change the look and feel of the lighting, without necessarily having to change the modifier or light fixture. Impeccable Colour Accuracy The Godox S60Bi LED spotlight features excellent colour rendition capabilities. With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 96, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately replicated in your video footage or photographs. With a Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 97, the S60Bi is suitable for television production and broadcast use. Silent Mode The S60Bi focusing LED light has a Silent mode, which is ideal for situations where fan noise can be problematic, such as when shooting video interviews. This will save you lots of time in post since you would not have to worry about having to remove fan noise. 8 Lighting Effect Pre-Sets The Godox S60Bi LED spotlight features an array of 8 different lighting effects, which enable you to easily replicate the various types of lighting scenarios, such as flashes, storms, TV sets, broken bulbs, etc., ideal for theatrical productions and cinematography. Multiple Control Options The S60Bi focusable LED light can be controlled in one of three different ways. You can control the S60Bi directly using the control panel on the light itself, you can use the 2.4GHz Wireless Remote control (Available Separately), or via Bluetooth using a GODOX Light smartphone app. DMX Support The S60Bi supports DMX control, which enables you to control a single unit or multiple units from a DMX control console. This makes the Godox S60Bi focusing LED light ideal for larger video productions, broadcasting or theatrical performances. Power it Anywhere The S60Bi LED spotlight features a separate controller box with a built-in V-Mount battery plate, which enables you to power the S60Bi via a V-Mount battery (sold separately), enabling it to be powered away from mains power. Plethora of Accessories The S60Bi focusing LED light has a plethora of different accessories available for it, to further increase its functionality. These accessories include a projection attachment, Gobos, shutter-blades and an Iris Diaphragm to enable you to project, control and shape the light. There are also scrims available to either partially or fully control the intensity of light.

Godox S60 LED Focusing Light

Godox GD-S60 (GD/S60, GD_S60, GDS60, GDS60) S60 LED Focusing Light The Godox S60 Focusing LED Light is a 60W 5600K Daylight-Balanced light source designed for photography that gives you the ability to continuously vary the beam angle anywhere between 6° and 55°. This enables you to either throw the light over a greater distance or to flood an area with light. This compact, lightweight LED light features an optical lens system that projects a silky-smooth graduated ball of light, ideal for use as a spotlight or for highlighting specific parts of the scene. Perfect for Cinematographers, as well as Photographers who want to emphasise particular parts of the scene or add mood to their imagery. Unprecedented Control and Precision The beam angle of the S60 features a dial at the side of the light to adjust the beam angle of your light anywhere between 6° and 55°. This enables you to change the look and feel of the lighting without having to change the modifier or light fixture. Impeccable Colour Accuracy With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 96, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately replicated in your video footage or photographs. With a Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 97, the Godox S60 is suitable for television production and broadcast use. Silent Mode Silent mode is ideal for situations where fan noise can be problematic, such as when shooting video interviews, to save you lots of time in post-production. 8 Lighting Effect Pre-Sets 8 different lighting effects to easily replicate the various types of lighting scenarios, such as flashes, storms, TV sets, broken bulbs, etc., ideal for theatrical productions and cinematography. Multiple Control Options The Godox S60 focusable LED light can be controlled in one of three different ways. Directly using the control panel, using the 2.4GHz Wireless Remote control (Available Separately), or via Bluetooth using a GODOX Light smartphone app. DMX Support DMX control allows you to control a single unit or multiple units from a DMX control console. This makes the Godox S60 LED light ideal for various types of photography, larger video productions, broadcasting, or theatrical performances. Power it Anywhere Separate controller box, with a built-in V-Mount battery plate to power the S60 LED Lighting In Photography via a V-Mount battery (sold separately) away from mains power.  Plethora of Accessories The S60 focusing LED light has a plethora of different accessories available for it to further increase its functionality. These accessories include a projection attachment, Gobos, shutter blades, and an Iris Diaphragm to enable you to project, control and shape the light. There are also scrims available to either partially or fully control the intensity of light.  

Godox S30 Focusing LED Light

Godox GD-S30 (GD/S30, GD_S30, GDS30, GD S30) S30 Focusing LED Light The Godox S30 LED Focus Light is a 30W 5600K Daylight-Balanced light source that gives you the ability to continuously vary the beam angle anywhere between 6° and 55°. This enables you to either throw the light over a greater distance or to flood an area with light. This compact, lightweight LED light features an optical lens system that projects a silky-smooth graduated ball of light, ideal for use as a spotlight or for highlighting specific parts of the scene. The S30 Focusable LED Light is perfect for Cinematographers, as well as Photographers who want to emphasise specific parts of the scene or to add mood to their imagery.  Daylight Balanced  The S30 Focusable LED Light is a daylight-balanced light at 5600K and has a brightness of 12,000 Lux @1m (when zoomed to 6°) to 2,600 Lux @1m (when zoomed out to 55°). Impeccable Colour Accuracy S30 has a CRI (Colour-Rendering Index) rating of 96 for accurate colour reproduction. The Godox S30 LED Light also has a TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) rating of 97 for impeccable colour consistency. It makes it suitable for professional broadcast use, as well as for cinematography and smaller productions. Multiple Light control options The S30 30W LED Focus Light has a variety of ways to control the light. It can be dimmed with a power range of 10% up to 100% power. The Beam angle can be zoomed in and out anywhere between 6° and 55° to produce Silky-Smooth Graduated Zoomable lighting. The Light from the S30 can be controlled by using the included set of 8-Way Barn-Doors to flag the light. So it doesn’t hit parts of the scene you don’t want it to.

Godox TL60-K2 RGB LED Tube Twin Kit with CB39

Godox GD-TL60-K2 (GD/TL60-K2, GD/TL60/K2, GD TL60 K2, GD_TL60_K2) TL60-K2 RGB LED Tube Twin Kit with CB39 The Godox TL60-K2 is a Multifunctional Bi-colour RGB LED Tube Strip Light Twin Kit, which enables you to choose between 36,000 colours, to help enhance the mood of your footage or photography. With their Multiple colour modes and lighting effects, the creative possibilities are only limited by your imagination. With a CRI rating of 96 and a TLCI of 98, the Godox TL60-K2 RGB LED light is suitable for professional broadcast use, as well as for hobbyist filmmakers or photographers. The Godox TL60 LED tube strip light is ideal for Television production and filmmaking, as well as for portrait, fashion, and product photography. No Need for Coloured Gels Since the Godox TL60 is an RGB LED light, you can select between 36,000 hues and shades, enabling you to change the colour of the light to virtually any colour you can dream of, to help set the mood of your film or photo. The TL60 LED tube light also features 40 built-in Lee and Rosco Gel filters pre-set to select between, enabling you to precisely replicate specific colours in the Rosco or Lee gel filter range. Bi-Colour Feature The Colour Temperature of the TL60 LED tube strip light can be adjusted anywhere between 2700K and 6500K. This enables you to match the colour temperature of the Godox TL60, with the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment, so you do not get undesirable mixed lighting in your scene. Impeccable Colour Accuracy The TL60 handheld tube light features excellent colour rendition capabilities. With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 96, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately replicated in your video footage or photographs. With a Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 98, the Godox TL60 tube lights are suitable for television production and broadcast use. 39 Lighting Effect Pre-Sets The TL60 RGB tube strip light features an array of 39 different lighting effects, which enable you to easily replicate various lighting scenarios, such as Police car lights, Fire, Candlelight, Lightning, TV sets, Fireworks, plus many more. Multiple Control Options The Godox TL60 can be controlled in one of three different ways. You can control the TL60 tube light directly using the control panel on the light itself, you can use the 2.4GHz Wireless Remote control (Available Separately), or via Bluetooth using the GODOX Light smartphone app. DMX Support The TL60 LED tube strip light supports DMX control, which enables you to control a single unit or multiple units from a DMX control console. This makes it ideal for larger video productions and for broadcasting. Built-In Rechargeable Battery The TL60 RGB tube strip light features a built-in 14.4V/2600mAh Lithium battery with a runtime of approximately 2 hours on full power, great for extended shoots. The Godox TL60 also comes with a mains power adapter, which enables it to be plugged in for continuous usage. The Godox TL60 RGB LED tube strip light twin kit, an essential addition to the RGB Tube light kit for both budding and professional filmmakers and photographers.

Godox TL30-K4 RGB Tube Quad Kit with CB22

Godox GD-TL30-K4 (GD-TL30-K4, GD-TL30-K4, GD-TL30-K4, GD-TL30-K4) TL30-K4 RGB Tube Quad Kit with CB22 The Godox TL30-K4 Bi-Colour RGB Tube Light Powered Quad Kit, consists of four super-lightweight and compact RGB LED light tubes, which enable you to select between 36,000 colours. The TL30 RGB LED Tube also has a Bi-Colour feature, allowing you to adjust the colour temperature anywhere between 2700K and 6500K. This enables you to match the TL30s with the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment. With multiple colour modes and lighting effects, the creative possibilities are virtually endless. With a CRI rating of 97 and a TLCI of 99, the TL30-K4 LED tube lights are suitable for professional broadcast use, as well as for hobbyist filmmakers or photographers. The TL30-K4 RGB LED tube light kit is ideal for Television production and filmmaking, as well as for portrait, fashion, and product photography.  No Need for Coloured Gels Since the Godox TL30-K4 is an RGB LED light, you can select between 36,000 hues and shades, enabling you to change the colour of the light to virtually any colour you can dream of, to help set the mood of your film or photo. Bi-Colour Feature The Colour Temperature of the TL30-K4 RGB tube light can be adjusted anywhere between 2700K and 6500K. This enables you to match the colour temperature of the TL30-K4 with the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment, so you do not get undesirable mixed lighting in your scene. Impeccable Colour Accuracy With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 97, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately reproduced in your video footage or photographs. Its Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 99 also makes it suitable for broadcast use. Ideal for Television and Movie productions The TL30-K2 RGB pavotube light has multiple mounting options to choose from. It features built-in magnets, which allow it to be securely attached to a metal surface to open up a whole new world of light placement possibilities. Each end of the lighting unit also features a standard ¼-inch screw thread, enabling it to be mounted to a light stand, boom, tripod, etc. Mount Virtually Anywhere The TL30-K4 RGB tube light has multiple mounting options to choose from. It features built-in magnets, which allow it to be securely attached to a metal surface to open up a whole new world of light placement possibilities. Each end of the lighting unit also features a standard ¼-inch screw thread, enabling it to be mounted to a light stand, boom, tripod, etc. Compact Design The TL30-K4 pavo LED light has an incredibly compact design. Weighing in at approximately 300g and measuring a mere 30cm in length, the Godox TL30 is perfect for being placed in discreet areas, making sure your subject receives perfect light coverage. Light App Compatibility The Godox TL30-K4 features Bluetooth connectivity, enabling it to be controlled using the Godox Light smartphone app, at ranges of up to approximately 30m. Perfect for remotely controlling single or multiple lights. Built-In Rechargeable Battery The TL30 pavo tube light features a built-in 3.6V/2900mAh Lithium battery with a runtime of approximately 1 hour on full power, great for extended shoots.

Godox TL30-K2 RGB Tube Twin Kit with CB23

Godox GD-TL30-K2 (GD/TL30-K2, GD/TL30/K2, GDTL30K2, GD TL30 K2) TL30-K2 RGB Tube Twin Kit with CB23 The Godox TL30-K2 RGB Pavotube Light Twin Set consists of two super-lightweight and compact RGB LED light tubes, which enable you to select between 36,000 colours. The TL30-K2 also has a Bi-Colour feature, allowing you to adjust the colour temperature anywhere between 2700k K and 6500K. This enables you to match the TL30-K2 with the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment. With multiple colour modes and lighting effects, the creative possibilities are virtually endless. With a CRI rating of 97 and a TLCI of 99, the TL30-K2 are suitable for professional broadcast use, as well as for hobbyist filmmakers or photographers. The TL30-K2 pavotube light is ideal for Television production and filmmaking, as well as for portrait, fashion, and product photography.  No Need for Coloured Gels Since the TL30-K2 is an RGB LED light, you can select between 36,000 hues and shades, enabling you to change the colour of the light to virtually any colour you can dream of, to help set the mood of your film or photo. Bi-Colour Feature The Colour Temperature of the TL30-K2 RGB Pavotube Light can be adjusted anywhere between 2700K and 6500K. This enables you to match the colour temperature of the TL30-K2 with the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment, so you do not get undesirable mixed lighting in your scene. Impeccable Colour Accuracy With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 97, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately reproduced in your video footage or photographs. Its Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 99 also makes it suitable for broadcast use. Ideal for Television and Movie productions Mount Virtually Anywhere The TL30-K2 RGB pavotube light has multiple mounting options to choose from. It features built-in magnets, which allow it to be securely attached to a metal surface to open up a whole new world of light placement possibilities. Each end of the lighting unit also features a standard ¼-inch screw thread, enabling it to be mounted to a light stand, boom, tripod, etc. Compact Design The TL30-K2 pavotube light has an incredibly compact design. Weighing in at approximately 300g and measuring a mere 30cm in length, the Godox TL30-K2 RGB tube light is perfect for being placed in discreet areas, making sure your subject receives perfect light coverage. Light App Compatibility The Godox TL30-K2 RGB tube light features Bluetooth connectivity, enabling it to be controlled using the Godox Light smartphone app,  at ranges of up to approximately 30m. Perfect for remotely controlling single or multiple lights. Built-In Rechargeable Battery The Godox TL30-K2 features a built-in 3.6V/2900mAh Lithium battery with a runtime of approximately 1 hour on full power, great for extended shoots.

Godox V1S Sony Round Flash Kit

Godox GD-V1S (GD/V1S, GD_V1S, GDV1S, GD V1S) V1S Sony Round Flash Kit The Godox V1 is a Revolutionary TTL Round Head Flash Light. V1’s round flash head enables it to produce smooth-gradated lighting, with natural-looking fall-off, and more pleasing results. The Godox V1 Speedlite also features a magnetic modifier mount, enabling it to be used with a plethora of magnetic modifiers available for it. Powered by a High-Capacity 7.2V/2600mAh Rechargeable Lithium-ion Battery, and featuring TTL and High-Speed Sync, Stroboscopic Multi-Flash, and a built-in 2.4GHz flash receiver, the Godox V1 Round-Head Flash Light is perfect for shooting weddings, portraits, events, fashion, sports, fitness, and advertising. TTL Flash Light The V1 TTL Round-Head Flash Light produces smooth-gradated lighting, with natural fall-off, as opposed to the harsh lighting produced by traditional rectangular speedlites. This makes the Godox V1 Speedlite perfect for events, weddings, and portraits. Magnetic Modifier Mount The V1 Round Head Flash features a magnetic accessory mount, enabling it to use a variety of different modifiers, such as the ones included in the Godox AK-R1 Accessory Kit (sold separately). This kit includes a Diffuser Dome, Fresnel Lens, Bounce Card, Barn-doors, etc., for added versatility Pre-Visualisation Made Easy The Godox V1 Speedlite features a built-in 2W SMD LED modelling lamp with ten levels of brightness. This enables you to pre-visualise your shot before you take it. It can also be used to assist focus in dark situations. Incredible Zoom Range The V1 TTL Flash Light has a zoom range of between 28mm and 105mm. It can either be set to automatically zoom with your lens (if used on-camera), or it can be set manually, giving you maximum creative control of the beam angle. Super Flexible The V1 Round-Head Flash Light can be tilted anywhere between -7° and 120° on the vertical axis, and between 0 and 330° on the horizontal axis, enabling it to be pointed in virtually any direction that you require. Rechargeable Battery The Godox V1 comes with a 7.2V/2600mAh rechargeable lithium-ion battery, capable of producing approximately 480 full-powered shots per charge. Hot-Shoe Lock The Godox V1 features the more modern switch-lock style hot-shoe mounting mechanism, as opposed to the older screw lock, making mounting the Li-ion580 III TTL Speedlite faster and more secure than ever before.  

Godox WT40R RGBWW Dive Light

Godox GD-WT40R (GD/WT40R, GD_WT40R, GDWT40R, GD WT40R) WT40R RGBWW Dive Light The Godox WT25R is an IP68 RGBWW Waterproof LED Dive Light suitable for use at Depths of down to 40m. This makes it perfect for Underwater Photography or Filmmaking, SCUBA and Free-Diving, and Snorkelling content creation. The WT25R is an RGBWW LED Light, which means you have access to thousands of light colours without the need for coloured gels. It also has a wide variable colour temperature range of 1,800K and 10,000K, allowing you to match the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment. With a CRI and TLCI rating of 96 and 37, built-in Lighting Effect Presets, the Godox WT25R is perfect for filming aquatic or marine wildlife documentaries, or video or photography sessions at the pool. They can also be used as an emergency backup light for divers Explore the Majesty of the Depths The Godox WT25R LED dive lights have a waterproof rating of IP68, allowing them to be used at depths of 40m. This makes the WT-Series Dive lights suitable for use in the open ocean, in a lake, in a swimming pool, or out in the rain. Perfect for taking underwater photography or filmmaking (such as shooting aquatic/marine wildlife documentaries), SCUBA and Free-Diving, and snorkelling content creation. They can also be used as an emergency backup light for divers.  Beautifully Dreamy Marine Lighting Create breathtaking underwater images with a mysterious fantasy atmosphere with ease, using the WT25R series LED dive lights. Each light produces beautifully soft, even lighting across the light tube. Thousands of Colours at your Finger Tips With the WT25R LED dive lights, you have access to thousands of light colours, all from the press of a few buttons. It has HSI, RGBWW and Gel modes, which simulate real-world coloured gels available on the market. This enables you to create to your heart's content, with virtually no limitations.  Wide Colour Temperature Range The WT25R series LED dive lights feature a CCT mode, enabling you to adjust the colour temperature of the light anywhere between 1800K and 10,000K. Perfect for either matching the colour temperature of the ambient light or for creative, cinematic effects. Illuminated Buttons The Godox WT25R LED dive video light features back-lit buttons, making it easier to see what you’re doing when you are down in the dark depths of the ocean. Impeccable Colour Accuracy With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 96, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately replicated in your video footage or photographs. With a Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 98, the WT25R LED dive video light is suitable for television production and broadcast use.  37 Effect Pre-Sets The WT25R series dive lights feature 37 built-in lighting effects, which can be used to simulate various cinematic lighting effects, all of which (except for one) have three modes. These lighting effects include Lightning, fireworks, Candles, Fire, a broken bulb, TV, police cars, parties, fireworks, etc. Wireless Control at Your Fingertips The WT25R LED dive video lights can be controlled via the Godox smartphone app, which enables you to remotely adjust the brightness and colour temperature of the light or use one of its many lighting effects ( the Bluetooth can only be used above water). Every Second Counts The WT25R LED dive video light features a built-in rechargeable lithium battery, giving you approximately 2 hours of run time underwater and 10 hours of run time above water at full brightness. This enables you to keep creating, without having to worry about being left in the dark abyss.

Godox WT25R RGBWW Waterproof Dive Light

Godox GD-WT25R (GD/WT25R, GD_WT25R, GDWT25R, GD WT25R) WT25R RGBWW Waterproof Dive Light The Godox WT25R is an IP68 RGBWW Waterproof LED Dive Light suitable for use at Depths of down to 40m. This makes it perfect for Underwater Photography or Filmmaking, SCUBA and Free-Diving, and Snorkelling content creation. The WT25R is an RGBWW LED Light, which means you have access to thousands of light colours without the need for coloured gels. It also has a wide variable colour temperature range of 1,800K and 10,000K, allowing you to match the colour temperature of the ambient lighting in your shooting environment. With a CRI and TLCI rating of 96 and 37, built-in Lighting Effect Presets, the Godox WT25R is perfect for filming aquatic or marine wildlife documentaries, or video or photography sessions at the pool. They can also be used as an emergency backup light for divers Explore the Majesty of the Depths The Godox WT25R LED dive lights have a waterproof rating of IP68, allowing them to be used at depths of 40m. This makes the WT-Series Dive lights suitable for use in the open ocean, in a lake, in a swimming pool, or out in the rain. Perfect for taking underwater photography or filmmaking (such as shooting aquatic/marine wildlife documentaries), SCUBA and Free-Diving, and snorkelling content creation. They can also be used as an emergency backup light for divers.  Beautifully Dreamy Marine Lighting Create breathtaking underwater images with a mysterious fantasy atmosphere with ease, using the WT25R series LED dive lights. Each light produces beautifully soft, even lighting across the light tube. Thousands of Colours at your Finger Tips With the WT25R LED dive lights, you have access to thousands of light colours, all from the press of a few buttons. It has HSI, RGBWW and Gel modes, which simulate real-world coloured gels available on the market. This enables you to create to your heart's content, with virtually no limitations.  Wide Colour Temperature Range The WT25R series LED dive lights feature a CCT mode, enabling you to adjust the colour temperature of the light anywhere between 1800K and 10,000K. Perfect for either matching the colour temperature of the ambient light or for creative, cinematic effects. Illuminated Buttons The Godox WT25R LED dive video light features back-lit buttons, making it easier to see what you’re doing when you are down in the dark depths of the ocean. Impeccable Colour Accuracy With a Colour Rendition Index (CRI) of 96, you can rest assured that colours will be accurately replicated in your video footage or photographs. With a Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) of 98, the WT25R LED dive video light is suitable for television production and broadcast use.  37 Effect Pre-Sets The WT25R series dive lights feature 37 built-in lighting effects, which can be used to simulate various cinematic lighting effects, all of which (except for one) have three modes. These lighting effects include Lightning, fireworks, Candles, Fire, a broken bulb, TV, police cars, parties, fireworks, etc. Wireless Control at Your Fingertips The WT25R LED dive video lights can be controlled via the Godox smartphone app, which enables you to remotely adjust the brightness and colour temperature of the light or use one of its many lighting effects ( the Bluetooth can only be used above water). Every Second Counts The WT25R LED dive video light features a built-in rechargeable lithium battery, giving you approximately 2 hours of run time underwater and 10 hours of run time above water at full brightness. This enables you to keep creating, without having to worry about being left in the dark abyss.

Godox VSA-36K 36° Projection Lens Attachment Complete Kit

Godox GD-VSA-36K (GD/VSA-36K, GD/VSA/36K, GDVSA36K, GD VSA 36K) VSA-36K 36° Projection Lens Attachment Complete Kit The Godox VSA Series Spotlight Attachment Kit (19K/26K/36K) has been put together to give Filmmakers, Cinematographers and Theatrical Productions a powerful tool for producing creative and cinematic lighting effects to add mood and depth to their productions. With a selection of three interchangeable lens optics designed with sheer precision, the Godox VSA spotlight attachment series ensures you get a super-crisp beam with little to no aberrations, for unrivalled clarity. With the option of being used in conjunction with Coloured Gels (available separately) and Gobos, the possibilities are only limited by your imagination. Robust Build-Quality  The Godox VSA spotlight attachment series features a durable die-cast aluminium alloy body mounted to a dependable yoke bracket, enabling it to be mounted to a C-Stand, Combo Stands, or even mounted overhead on a ceiling truss system. Its robust build and design will give you the confidence and reassurance of long-lasting accuracy and versatility. Precision Optics The VSA spotlight attachment series uses the finest in high-quality optics. Made from specially coated glass, designed to eliminate chromatic aberration. This enables the Godox VSA series to produce amazingly crisp projections without affecting the colour temperature of the light. Interchangeable Lens Optics There are three optional lens optics available for the Godox VSA spotlight attachment system. These optics include a 19°, a 26°, and a 36°, giving you access to projections with varying beam angles and light coverage areas. Great for getting your creative juices flowing, whilst maintaining the highest in light transmission efficiency. Built-in Shutter Blades The VSA spotlight attachment series features built-in shutter blades, enabling you to shape and control the light with or without gobos. Ideal for highlighting labels in product photography, or for creative lighting effects. Comes with Three GOBOs The VSA Spotlight series ships with a set of three laser-cut metal gobos, which enable you to project various shapes and patterns onto your background or subject. This enables you to add creative and cinematic effects to your productions, to elevate them to the next level. You can also purchase additional Gobos separately. Bowens S-Type Fitting The Godox VSA spotlight attachments series comes equipped with the popular Bowens S-Type mount, enabling it to be used with a wide range of studio lights. This opens up a whole new world of creative possibilities. For the best user experience, we recommend using it in conjunction with an LED light, no greater than 300W in power.

Godox VSA-26K 26° Projection Lens Attachment Complete Kit

Godox GD-VSA-26K (GD/VSA-26K, GD/VSA/26K, GD VSA 26K, GDVSA26K) VSA-26K 26° Projection Lens Attachment Complete Kit The Godox VSA Series Spotlight Attachment Kit (19K/26K/36K) has been put together to give Filmmakers, Cinematographers and Theatrical Productions a powerful tool for producing creative and cinematic lighting effects to add mood and depth to their productions. With a selection of three interchangeable lens optics designed with sheer precision, the Godox VSA spotlight attachment series ensures you get a super-crisp beam with little to no aberrations, for unrivalled clarity. With the option of being used in conjunction with Coloured Gels (available separately) and Gobos, the possibilities are only limited by your imagination. Robust Build-Quality  The Godox VSA spotlight attachment series features a durable die-cast aluminium alloy body mounted to a dependable yoke bracket, enabling it to be mounted to a C-Stand, Combo Stands, or even mounted overhead on a ceiling truss system. Its robust build and design will give you the confidence and reassurance of long-lasting accuracy and versatility. Precision Optics The VSA spotlight attachment series uses the finest in high-quality optics. Made from specially coated glass, designed to eliminate chromatic aberration. This enables the Godox VSA series to produce amazingly crisp projections without affecting the colour temperature of the light. Interchangeable Lens Optics There are three optional lens optics available for the Godox VSA spotlight attachment system. These optics include a 19°, a 26°, and a 36°, giving you access to projections with varying beam angles and light coverage areas. Great for getting your creative juices flowing, whilst maintaining the highest in light transmission efficiency. Built-in Shutter Blades The VSA spotlight attachment series features built-in shutter blades, enabling you to shape and control the light with or without gobos. Ideal for highlighting labels in product photography, or for creative lighting effects. Comes with Three GOBOs The VSA Spotlight series ships with a set of three laser-cut metal gobos, which enable you to project various shapes and patterns onto your background or subject. This enables you to add creative and cinematic effects to your productions, to elevate them to the next level. You can also purchase additional Gobos separately. Bowens S-Type Fitting The Godox VSA spotlight attachments series comes equipped with the popular Bowens S-Type mount, enabling it to be used with a wide range of studio lights. This opens up a whole new world of creative possibilities. For the best user experience, we recommend using it in conjunction with an LED light, no greater than 300W in power.

Godox VSA-19K 19° Projection Lens Attachment Complete Kit

Godox GD-VSA-19K (GD/VSA-19K, GD/VSA/19K, GDVSA19K, GD VSA 19K) VSA-19K 19° Projection Lens Attachment Complete Kit The Godox VSA Series Spotlight Attachment Kit (19K/26K/36K) has been put together to give Filmmakers, Cinematographers and Theatrical Productions a powerful tool for producing creative and cinematic lighting effects to add mood and depth to their productions. With a selection of three interchangeable lens optics designed with sheer precision, the Godox VSA spotlight attachment series ensures you get a super-crisp beam with little to no aberrations, for unrivalled clarity. With the option of being used in conjunction with Coloured Gels (available separately) and Gobos, the possibilities are only limited by your imagination. Robust Build-Quality  The Godox VSA spotlight attachment series features a durable die-cast aluminium alloy body mounted to a dependable yoke bracket, enabling it to be mounted to a C-Stand, Combo Stands, or even mounted overhead on a ceiling truss system. Its robust build and design will give you the confidence and reassurance of long-lasting accuracy and versatility. Precision Optics The VSA spotlight attachment series uses the finest in high-quality optics. Made from specially coated glass, designed to eliminate chromatic aberration. This enables the Godox VSA series to produce amazingly crisp projections without affecting the colour temperature of the light. Interchangeable Lens Optics There are three optional lens optics available for the Godox VSA spotlight attachment system. These optics include a 19°, a 26°, and a 36°, giving you access to projections with varying beam angles and light coverage areas. Great for getting your creative juices flowing, whilst maintaining the highest in light transmission efficiency. Built-in Shutter Blades The VSA spotlight attachment series features built-in shutter blades, enabling you to shape and control the light with or without gobos. Ideal for highlighting labels in product photography, or for creative lighting effects. Comes with Three GOBOs The VSA Spotlight series ships with a set of three laser-cut metal gobos, which enable you to project various shapes and patterns onto your background or subject. This enables you to add creative and cinematic effects to your productions, to elevate them to the next level. You can also purchase additional Gobos separately. Bowens S-Type Fitting The Godox VSA spotlight attachments series comes equipped with the popular Bowens S-Type mount, enabling it to be used with a wide range of studio lights. This opens up a whole new world of creative possibilities. For the best user experience, we recommend using it in conjunction with an LED light, no greater than 300W in power.

Godox Mini BeamLight B60 Knowled for Bowen Mount with Flat LED Mount for M600R M600BiPro

Godox GD-BeamLight-B60 (GD/BeamLight-B60, GD/BeamLight/B60, GDBeamLightB60, GD BeamLight B60) Mini BeamLight B60 Knowled for Bowen Mount with Flat LED Mount for M600R M600BiPro The Godox KNOWLED BeamLight B60 is a Cinema-Grade Parallel Beam Light Reflector, designed for use with the KNOWLED M600R Cine Lights. With its cutting-edge optical design, the BeamLight B60 produces a 5° near-parallel beam of light, minimising light falloff and enabling you to throw light over greater distances. It also significantly increases the effective light output from your light source, giving you more flexibility. This makes it perfect for replicating natural sunlight over long distances. The Godox BeamLight B60 is perfect for cinematographers, gaffers, and DPs looking to get the most out of their Godox M600R LED Cine lights. Near-Parallel Beam of Light Utilising the latest cutting-edge optical technology, paired with precision engineering, the Godox BeamLight B60 produces an incredibly narrow 5° beam angle. This enables the BeamLight B60 to produce a powerful, near-parallel light beam with minimal light fall-off. When used in conjunction with the LiteFlow Cine lighting Reflectors, the BeamLight B60 can be used to create stunning natural-looking results. Throw Light Over Long Distances Due to its unique optical design, the BeamLight B60 significantly increases the throw distance of light for KNOWLED M600R. Perfect for when you would like to illuminate the top of a building from the ground. Built to Withstand the Demands of Filmmaking The Beamlight B60 features a protective housing, designed to prevent deformation. This helps to ensure that they can consistently deliver optimal performance over time.

Godox Mini BeamLight Max60 Knowled for G-Mount with Flat LED Mount

Godox GD-BeamLight-Max60 (GD/BeamLight-Max60, GD/BeamLight/Max60, GDBeamLightMax60, GD BeamLight Max60) Mini BeamLight Max60 Knowled for G-Mount with Flat LED Mount The Godox KNOWLED BeamLight Max60 is a high-performance cinema-grade parallel light beam reflector designed for G-Mount lighting fixtures like the MG1200Bi and MG1200R Cine Lights. Featuring advanced optical technology, it produces a 5° near-parallel light beam, minimising light falloff and extending throw distances. This reflector enhances light output, replicating natural sunlight and delivering unmatched brightness for cinematography. Near-Parallel Beam of Light Utilising the latest cutting-edge optical engineering, the BeamLight Max60 delivers a narrow 5° beam angle, creating powerful, near-parallel light with minimal light spill. Its design allows cinematographers to achieve stunning, natural-looking results, perfect for large-scale productions. When used in conjunction with the LiteFlow Cine lighting reflector, the BeamLight Max60 parallel beam light system can be used to create stunning natural-looking results. Throw Light Over Long Distances Due to its unique optical design, the BeamLight Max60 significantly increases the throw distance of light for KNOWLED G-Mount lights, such as the KNOWLED MG1200R and MG1200Bi. When combined with the MG2400Bi, the BeamLight Max60 can output a brightness comparable to traditional 12K HMI, whilst only using a fraction of the power. Significantly more brightness, with considerably less power. Built to Withstand the Demands of Filmmaking The Beamlight Max60 features a protective housing, designed to prevent deformation. This light beam reflector helps to ensure that they can consistently deliver optimal performance over time.

Godox BeamLight Max90 Knowled Ultra Power LED Beam Light Reflector with Fight Case

Godox GD-BeamLight-Max90 (GD/BeamLight-Max90, GD/BeamLight/Max90, GDBeamLightMax90, GD BeamLight Max90) BeamLight Max90 Knowled Ultra Power LED Beam Light Reflector with Fight Case The GODOX KNOWLED BeamLight Max90 is a Cinema-Grade Parallel-Beam Lighting Reflector, designed for use with Godox G-Mount fitting lighting Fixtures such as the KNOWLED MG1200Bi, and the MG2400Bi Cine Lights. With its cutting-edge optical design,  the BeamLight Max90 produces a 5° near-parallel beam of light, minimising light fall-off and enabling you to throw light over greater distances. It also significantly increases the effective light output from your light source, giving you more flexibility.  This makes it perfect for replicating natural sunlight over long distances. The GODOX BeamLight  Max90 is perfect for Cinematographers, Gaffers and DPs looking to get the most out of their Godox G-Mount LED Cine lights. Near-Parallel Beam of Light Utilising the latest cutting-edge optical technology, paired with precision engineering, the Godox KNOWLED BeamLight Max90 produces an incredibly narrow 5° beam angle. This enables the BeamLight Max90 to produce a powerful, near-parallel light beam with minimal light fall-off. When used in conjunction with the LiteFlow Cine lighting Reflectors, the BeamLight Max90 can be used to create stunning, natural-looking results. Throw Light Over Long Distances Due to its unique optical design, the BeamLight Max90 significantly increases the throw distance of light for KNOWLED G-Mount lights, such as the KNOWLED MG2400Bi and MG1200Bi. When combined with the MG2400Bi, the BeamLight Max90 can output a brightness comparable to traditional 12K HMI, whilst only using a fraction of the power. Significantly more brightness, with considerably less power. Godox G-Mount Compatibility Equipped with the innovative Godox G-Mount, the BeamLight Max90 is compatible with current models of G-Mount light fixtures such as the MG1200Bi and MG2400Bi. It will also be compatible with future G-Mount Fitting LED light fixtures. This ensures that the BeamLight Max90 will last you for years to come.

Godox All-in-One Professional Outdoor Battery Flash

Godox GD-AD600PROII (GD/AD600PROII, GD_AD600PROII, GDAD600PROII, GD AD600PROII) All-in-One Professional Outdoor Battery Flash The Godox AD600ProII Professional Outdoor Battery-Operated Studio Flash is an evolution of the original AD600Pro, featuring a plethora of added features for a superior professional user experience. It features one-tap synchronisation with the X3 Trigger, coloured group identification indicators, and an enhanced high-contrast colour TFT screen, making it easier to use in virtually any lighting conditions. Whilst maintaining the AD600Pro's reliable performance, the AD600ProII outdoor flash light boasts improved Recycle times of 0.01 to 0.9 seconds. It also supports High-Speed Synchronisation of up to 1/8000 seconds. Featuring support for the Godox 2.4GHz Wireless X Flash Triggering System, the AD600ProII battery-operated flash light seamlessly integrates with TTL auto flash systems across multiple camera brands, including Canon E-TTLII, Nikon i-TTL, Sony, Olympus, Panasonic, FUJIFILM, Pentax, and Leica. One-Tap Sync, Seamless Link The AD600ProII's new "One-Tap Sync" function enables instant synchronisation with the X3 Flash Trigger. Simply tap the wireless sync on the X3 and select the sync icon on the Godox AD600ProII, and they'll synchronise wirelessly in mere seconds. No more need to manually switch Channels and IDs. The AD600ProII battery-operated studio flash is also compatible with other Godox triggers, such as XproII and X2T, giving you unparalleled flexibility. 16 Groups, 16 Colours The AD600ProII outdoor battery-operated studio flash has now been upgraded to 16 groups. Each group is now represented by a different colour, displayed on both the flash and on the X3 trigger itself. This innovative feature allows you to easily identify which lights are in which group. This makes managing your light groups in multi-light setups an easier, more intuitive experience Colour Screen, Smoother Controls The AD600ProII outdoor battery-operated studio flash boasts a new vibrant TFT colour screen, with enhanced brightness and contrast, ensuring that you get optimal visibility, even in challenging lighting scenarios. The AD600ProII's control panel has also been further streamlined, allowing for quick and convenient access. The Power ON/OFF button is now placed directly on the panel, and the modelling light button only needs a 1-second press to enable and disable it.

Godox LA300R RGB LED Video Light LITEMONS WHITE

Godox GD-LA300R (GD/LA300R, GD_LA300R, GDLA300R, GD LA300R) LA300R RGB LED Video Light LITEMONS WHITE The GODOX Litemons LA300R is a 330W Budget-Friendly, Ultra-Compact and Powerful RGB Studio COB LED light. Since the LA300R is an RGB light, you have access to thousands of colours, enabling you to produce lighting to suit any mood. It also has a CCT variable colour temperature mode, which enables you to select a colour temperature anywhere between 1800K - 10,000K, enabling you to either match the colour temperature of the ambient lighting, or set a certain mood or ambience to your shots. With a CRI of 95+ and a TLCI of 94+, the Godox LA300 is suitable for professional broadcast usage, as well as for cinematography, video interviews and YouTubing. It is also suitable for still photography, including portraits and products, etc.

Godox FL150R Flexible LED Light Mat 30x120cm

Godox GD-FL150R (GD/FL150R, GD_FL150R, GDFL150R, GD FL150R) FL150R Flexible LED Light Mat 30x120cm The Godox FL150R is a Slim-Profiled Flexible LED Light Mat, suitable for both stills and video. With a CRI (colour rendering index) of 96 for accurate colour reproduction, and a TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) of 98 for impeccable colour consistency. Since the Godox FL150R LED light panel is a Variable Colour-Temperature Bi-Colour panel, you can adjust the colour temperature anywhere between 5600K (Daylight) and 3300K (Tungsten), which is perfect for times when you need to balance the light with tungsten lighting. Featuring a flexible body, they can be flexed, rolled, and placed into areas that would be impossible for traditional rigid LED panels, making practical lighting on-set a lot easier. Perfect for professional broadcast use, as well as for cinematography and TV productions. It is also suitable for still photography, such as portraits and product photography. Your Flexible Companion One of the key features of the Godox FL150R LED light mat is its ultra-slim profile and flexible body, which enables it to be placed in areas that would be very difficult or impossible with traditional LED light panels. This makes high-impact practical lighting a lot easier. They can be rolled up and placed in lampshades to augment the ambient lighting, or behind objects such as furniture, for added effect. Limitless Possibilities Due to the flexible nature of the FL150R slim-profiled LED light mats, they can be rolled, shaped, and contorted into virtually any shape you can imagine, for virtually limitless flexibility in your lighting. Multiple panels can also be connected to achieve broader and softer lighting. Impeccable Colour Rendering The Godox FL150R LED panel lights have a CRI rating of 96+ and a TLCI rating of 98+. This means that colours will be reproduced accurately in your photos and footage. The FL series LED panels are also suitable for Broadcast usage. Variable Colour Temperature The Godox FL150R LED light panels feature variable colour temperatures, enabling them to be adjusted anywhere between 3300K and 5600K, enabling you to easily match the colour temperature of your ambient lighting or to add mood and ambience to your projects.

Godox V1ProS Sony Camera Flash with SU-1

Godox GD-V1ProS (GD/V1ProS, GD_V1ProS, GDV1ProS, GD V1ProS) V1ProS Sony Camera Flash with SU-1 The Godox V1Pro TTL Li-ion Round Head Camera Flash Speedlight is an updated version of the V1, which features a revolutionary round shape instead of the traditional rectangular shape. The Godox V1Pro's round flash head enables it to produce smooth-gradated lighting with natural-looking fall-off and more pleasing results. The V1Pro TTL speedlight also features a magnetic modifier mount, enabling it to be used with a plethora of magnetic modifiers available for it. Powered by a High-Capacity 7.2V/2980mAh Rechargeable Lithium-ion Battery and featuring TTL and High-Speed Sync, Stroboscopic Multi-Flash, and a built-in 2.4GHz flash receiver, the Godox V1Pro is perfect for shooting Weddings, Portraits, Events, Fashion, Sports, Fitness and Advertising. Up to 100 Continuous Full-Powered Shots The V1Pro round head speedlight has redefined what's possible in photography. Breaking free from the constraints of thermal protection, the Godox V1Pro can produce a staggering one hundred full-powered consecutive flashes, allowing your creativity to run wild without missing any key moments. The New and Innovative SU-1 External Flash The pioneers at Godox have created the revolutionary detachable fill flash, called the SU-1. This allows a Godox V1Pro round head to serve as both the bounce flash and fill flash simultaneously. Its detachable design also gives you a more compact and lightweight flash solution when required. Buttery-Smooth Graduated Lighting The V1Pro’s round head lens design enables it to produce smooth-gradated lighting with natural falloff, as opposed to the harsh lighting produced by traditional rectangular speedlites. This makes the Godox V1Pro on-camera flash perfect for events, weddings, and portraits. Compatible with the Godox 2.4GHz X-system The V1Pro TTL speedlite is fully compatible with the Godox 2.4GHz ONE System, enabling it to be triggered using either an X1 (ST-III),  X2 (ST-III+), XPro (ST-IV), XProII, or X3 flash triggers, with full TTL or manual capabilities. It can also be used in conjunction with other flashes in the Godox X Trigger System. The Godox V1Pro round head flash is compatible with Canon, Nikon, Sony, Olympus, Panasonic, and Fuji camera systems.

Godox V1ProC Canon Camera Flash with SU-1

Godox GD-V1ProC (GD/V1ProC, GD_V1ProC, GDV1ProC, GD V1ProC) V1ProC Canon Camera Flash with SU-1 The Godox V1Pro TTL Li-ion Round Head Camera Flash Speedlight is an updated version of the V1, which features a revolutionary round shape instead of the traditional rectangular shape. The Godox V1Pro's round flash head enables it to produce smooth-gradated lighting with natural-looking fall-off and more pleasing results. The V1Pro TTL speedlight also features a magnetic modifier mount, enabling it to be used with a plethora of magnetic modifiers available for it. Powered by a High-Capacity 7.2V/2980mAh Rechargeable Lithium-ion Battery and featuring TTL and High-Speed Sync, Stroboscopic Multi-Flash, and a built-in 2.4GHz flash receiver, the Godox V1Pro is perfect for shooting Weddings, Portraits, Events, Fashion, Sports, Fitness and Advertising. Up to 100 Continuous Full-Powered Shots The V1Pro round head speedlight has redefined what's possible in photography. Breaking free from the constraints of thermal protection, the Godox V1Pro can produce a staggering one hundred full-powered consecutive flashes, allowing your creativity to run wild without missing any key moments. The New and Innovative SU-1 External Flash The pioneers at Godox have created the revolutionary detachable fill flash, called the SU-1. This allows a Godox V1Pro round head to serve as both the bounce flash and fill flash simultaneously. Its detachable design also gives you a more compact and lightweight flash solution when required. Buttery-Smooth Graduated Lighting The V1Pro’s round head lens design enables it to produce smooth-gradated lighting with natural falloff, as opposed to the harsh lighting produced by traditional rectangular speedlites. This makes the Godox V1Pro on-camera flash perfect for events, weddings, and portraits.

Godox KNOWLED LiteFlow K1 Cine Light Reflector System

Godox GD-LiteFlowK1 (GD/LiteFlowK1, GD_LiteFlowK1, GDLiteFlowK1, GD LiteFlowK1) KNOWLED LiteFlow K1 Cine Light Reflector System The Godox KNOWLED LiteFlow K1 is a cine light reflector system designed for precise control of reflected light. It provides four grades of reflectivity and multiple panel sizes, enabling a wide range of light diffusion and redirection options. The system maintains the original colour temperature of the light source and supports both artificial and natural sunlight. Lightweight panels with protective corner bezels simplify handling and installation. The rail mounting system and included connectors allow mounting on standard studio stands and grip equipment. The LiteFlow system is suitable for extending light paths, controlling hard or soft shadows, and shaping light for cinematic applications.

Godox KNOWLED LiteFlow50 50x50cm Cine Light Reflector Panel Kit

Godox GD-LiteFlow50-Kit (GD/LiteFlow50-Kit, GD/LiteFlow50/Kit, GDLiteFlow50Kit, GD LiteFlow50 Kit) KNOWLED LiteFlow50 50x50cm Cine Light Reflector Panel Kit The KNOWLED LiteFlow50 is a 50 × 50 cm cine light reflector panel designed to redirect or diffuse light for film and video production. The system offers four levels of reflectivity (D1–D4) to produce hard, moderately diffused, or soft light as required. It maintains accurate colour temperature without introducing colour casts and supports both artificial studio lights and natural sunlight. Panels can be mounted on various stands and grip systems and include protective corner bezels for safer handling. The design allows light to be bounced effectively, extending the light path and creating natural fall-off.

Godox KNOWLED LiteFlow25 25x25cm Cine Light Reflector Panel Kit

Godox GD-LiteFlow25-Kit (GD-LiteFlow25-Kit, GD-LiteFlow25-Kit, GD-LiteFlow25-Kit, GD-LiteFlow25-Kit) KNOWLED LiteFlow25 25x25cm Cine Light Reflector Panel Kit The KNOWLED LiteFlow Cine Lighting Reflector System is a new and innovative cinematic light control system, that introduces a fresh perspective on illumination. With outstanding reflectivity, and coming in a Multitude of Sizes and Various Degrees of Diffusion, the LiteFlow25 25x25cm Cine Light Reflector Panels are highly versatile. The LiteFlow system offers remarkable light quality, convenience, and control designed to streamline your workflow on set. The lighting solution that Cinematographers, directors of Photography, and gaffers have been waiting for. Natural Cinematic Lighting Sometimes, illuminating your subject or scene directly can result in lighting that looks "very artificial". The Godox KNOWLED LiteFlow Cine Light reflector panels utilise the power of the inverse square law, to extend the transmission distance of light, enabling you to bounce the light around your set for a more natural look. Simply point your main light at one of the reflector panels, which will then bounce the light to illuminate your subject, resulting in a more natural look. you can also place smaller LiteFlow panels around the set, enabling you to more to highlight other points of interest in your scene. This gives you the flexibility to create complex lighting scenarios, without necessarily needing a multitude of lights on-set. Harness the Power of the Sun As well as being used with artificial studio lighting, the LiteFlow Cine Light reflector system is also great for use in outdoor environments. simply use a single or multiple LiteFlow panels to redirect the natural sunlight to illuminate your subject(s), and other points of interest in your scene. It will even let you redirect natural sunlight into fight spaces. Four Levels of Reflectivity With a mere 3% power loss, the LiteFlow Cine Light Reflector system boasts exceptional reflectivity, producing impeccable light quality. Each of the four LiteFlow Cine Light Reflector Panels comes with different reflectivity ratings (D1, D2, D3, and D4), which produce different results depending on your lighting needs

Godox F800R KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 120x120cm

Godox GD-F800R (GD/F800R, GD_F800R, GDF800R, GD F800R) F800R KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 120x120cm The Godox F800R is a 4'x4' flexible RGB full-colour LED mat panel designed for film, television, and video production. It delivers 900W output with a wide colour-temperature range of 1,800–10,000K and Green/Magenta adjustment, providing high CRI and TLCI for accurate colour rendering. The panel supports wireless control via CRMX, Bluetooth, and the Godox Light App, and is compatible with DMX512, Art-Net, and ACN protocols. The F800R features a foldable, lightweight construction with bend-resistant LEDs and a reinforced metal frame for easy rigging. Its IP54 rating ensures operation in dusty or wet environments, and it runs on 48V DC power.

Godox F600BI Knowled Flexible LED Light 120x120cm

Godox GD-F600BI (GD/F600BI, GDF600BI, GD F600BI, GD_F600BI) F600BI Knowled Flexible LED Light 120x120cm The Godox KNOWLED F600Bi is a high-power, bi-colour flexible LED mat designed for film, television, and commercial video production. It delivers up to 600 W output with adjustable colour temperature between 2800 K and 6500 K. The light supports DMX512 control, 2.4 GHz wireless via the RC-R9 remote, and Bluetooth control through the Godox Light App. Its foldable 120×120 cm panel provides soft, even illumination and can be positioned in confined or difficult spaces. The LED mat offers flicker-free operation for slow-motion filming and features IP65-rated weather resistance. Four dimming curves allow precise intensity adjustments, and the included X-frame mounts to standard light stands.

Godox F400R KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 60x120cm

Godox GD-F400R (GD/F400R, GDF400R, GD F400R, GDF400R) F400R KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 60x120cm The Godox F400R is a 2x4' RGB cine LED light mat designed for film, broadcast, and commercial video applications. It delivers 460W of output with a wide colour temperature range from 1,800K to 10,000K and includes Green/Magenta adjustment. The panel features a CRI ≥ 96 and TLCI ≥ 98 for accurate colour rendering. It can be controlled wirelessly via LumenRadio CRMX, Bluetooth, or the Godox Light App and is compatible with DMX512 and Ethernet protocols. The F400R supports V-mount battery operation and includes a foldable, lightweight design with a reinforced X-bracket for flexible mounting and storage.

Godox F400BI Knowled Flexible LED Light 60x120cm

Godox GD-F400BI (GD/F400BI, GD_F400BI, GDF400BI, GD F400BI) F400BI Knowled Flexible LED Light 60x120cm The Godox KNOWLED F400Bi is a high-power, flexible bi-colour LED mat light designed for film, television, and commercial video production. It delivers up to 400 W of soft, even illumination across a 60 × 120 cm panel, with adjustable colour temperature from 2700 K to 6500 K. The unit supports DMX512, CRMX (with TimoLink Receiver), 2.4 GHz wireless control, and Bluetooth operation via the Godox Light App. The LED mat provides flicker-free output suitable for slow-motion filming, with four selectable dimming curves for precise light control. It features a foldable design for placement in confined spaces and an aluminium X-Frame for mounting on standard stands. The LED mat itself is IP65 rated for water resistance, while the controller box is not.

Godox F200SR KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 30x120cm

Godox GD-F200SR (GD/F200SR, GD_F200SR, GDF200SR, GD F200SR) F200SR KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 30x120cm The Godox F200SR is a high-powered, foldable RGB LED light mat panel designed for film, television, and commercial video applications. It delivers 200W of output with a wide colour temperature range of 1,800–10,000K, supporting accurate colour rendering with CRI ≥96 and TLCI ≥98. The panel features Green/Magenta adjustment and can be controlled via DMX512, CRMX, or the Godox Light App through Bluetooth. It is IP54-rated for dust and water resistance and can be powered by V-mount batteries for on-location use. The flexible design and enhanced metal X-bracket allow placement in tight or difficult spaces while maintaining stability.

Godox F200R KIT 1Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 60x60cm

Godox GD-F200R (GD/F200R, GD_F200R, GDF200R, GD F200R) F200R KIT 1Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 60x60cm The Godox F200R is a foldable 2'x2' RGB LED light mat designed for studio and location use. It delivers high colour accuracy with a CRI of ≥96 and TLCI of ≥97, and a wide colour temperature range of 1,800–10,000K with Green/Magenta adjustment. The panel supports wireless control via CRMX, Bluetooth, and the Godox Light App, and can also be operated through DMX512. Its IP54 rating provides dust and water resistance for outdoor applications. The F200R can be powered by V-mount batteries and features a reinforced X-bracket for versatile mounting. The panel folds for compact storage and maintains consistent colour across multiple units.  

Godox F200BI Knowled Flexible LED Light

Godox GD-F200BI (GD/F200BI, GD_F200BI, GDF200BI, GD F200BI) F200BI Knowled Flexible LED Light The Godox F200Bi is a 200 W bi-colour foldable LED mat panel designed for film, television, and broadcast production. Its foldable 60×60 cm design allows flexible placement in tight or unusual spaces, while providing soft, even lighting. Colour rendition is high, with CRI and TLCI values of ≥96. The panel supports DMX512 control, LumenRadio CRMX (with TimoLink receiver), 2.4 GHz wireless via RC-R9 remote, and Bluetooth via the Godox Light App. Four dimming curves are available for precise light adjustment. The LED mat delivers flicker-free output at any frame rate or shutter angle, and its IP65-rated panel allows use in outdoor or humid conditions.

Godox F100R KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 30x60cm

Godox GD-F100R (GD/F100R, GD_F100R, GDF100R, GD F100R) F100R KIT 1 Knowled Flexible RGB LED Light 30x60cm The Godox F100R 1x2' is a flexible RGB LED light mat designed for professional film, broadcast, and video applications. It delivers adjustable output across a wide colour temperature range of 1,800–10,000K, with Green/Magenta correction, and maintains high colour fidelity with a CRI of ≥96 and TLCI of ≥98. The light mat can be controlled via DMX512, CRMX, Bluetooth, or the Godox Light App, and includes a V-mount battery option for portable use. Its IP54 rating ensures reliable operation in various environmental conditions. The panel is foldable for compact storage and features an enhanced metal bracket for secure mounting.

Godox Knowled Pixel Tube Light 4inch

Godox GD-TP4R (GD/TP4R, GD_TP4R, GDTP4R, GD TP4R) Knowled Pixel Tube Light 4inch The Godox KNOWLED TP4R is a 4-foot RGBWW pixel LED tube designed for cinematic and practical lighting applications. It provides adjustable colour temperatures from 2000K to 10,000K and full hue control across 360°, supporting precise and versatile lighting setups. The high pixel density allows for smooth per-pixel motion and realistic lighting effects. It supports multiple control methods including DMX, wireless CRMX, LumenRadio, and the Godox Light App, with 8-bit and 16-bit operation modes for fine colour and brightness control. The light features 17 built-in effects and can be mapped for lifelike projections, aiding digital compositing and VFX workflows. It is IP65-rated and shockproof up to 1m, with a flip-capable LCD display for convenient operation.

Godox Knowled Pixel Tube Eight-Light Kit TP4R with Flight Case CB79

Godox GD-TP4R-K8 (GD/TP4R-K8, GD/TP4R/K8, GDTP4RK8, GD TP4R K8) Knowled Pixel Tube Eight-Light Kit TP4R with Flight Case CB79 The Godox KNOWLED TP4R-K8 is a professional RGBWW pixel LED tube lighting kit designed for cinematic and studio applications. Each tube supports a colour temperature range from 2000K to 10,000K and full 360° hue control, with 17 built-in lighting effects including dynamic pixel effects. The kit can be controlled via DMX, CRMX wireless, or LumenRadio systems and supports 8-bit and 16-bit modes for precise colour and brightness management. The tubes are IP65-rated and shockproof up to 1 m, with an onboard LCD screen that can be flipped 180° for convenience. The included TP-P600 power box allows connection and simultaneous power management of all eight tubes.

Godox Knowled Pixel Tube Four-Light Kit TP4R with CB77

Godox GD-TP4R-K4 (GD/TP4R-K4, GD/TP4R/K4, GDTP4RK4, GD TP4R K4) Knowled Pixel Tube Four-Light Kit TP4R with CB77 The Godox Knowled TP4R-K4 is a 4' pixel LED tube video light kit consisting of four individual tubes. Each tube provides RGBWW output with a colour temperature range of 2000K to 10,000K and full hue control across 360°. The lights feature high pixel density, enabling per-pixel control and realistic cinematic effects. Control options include wired DMX, wireless CRMX, LumenRadio, and the Godox Light App. The kit supports built-in lighting effects and video mapping for practical lighting and VFX integration. Each tube is IP65-rated for weather resistance and shockproof up to 1 m. The onboard LCD display can be flipped 180° for convenience.

Godox TP2R Knowled Pixel Tube Light 2inch

Godox GD-TP2R (GD/TP2R, GD_TP2R, GDTP2R, GD TP2R) TP2R Knowled Pixel Tube Light 2inch The Godox KNOWLED TP2R is a 2’ wireless RGBWW pixel LED tube light designed for cinematic lighting applications. It features high pixel density with individual pixel control, enabling realistic lighting effects and video projection mapping. The colour temperature ranges from 2,000K to 10,000K with full hue adjustment, and it offers 17 built-in lighting effects, including dynamic pixel modes. Control options include wireless CRMX, LumenRadio, wired DMX, and app integration via Godox Light App, LumiAir, Blackout, and MadMapper. The light is IP65-rated, shockproof to 1 m, and includes an onboard LCD screen with 180° flip functionality.

Godox Knowled Pixel Tube Four-Light Kit TP2R with CB76

Godox GD-TP2R-K4 (GD/TP2R-K4, GD/TP2R/K4, GDTP2RK4, GD TP2R K4) Knowled Pixel Tube Four-Light Kit TP2R with CB76 The Godox Knowled TP2R-K4 is a 2’ RGBWW pixel LED tube light designed for cinematic and practical lighting applications. It features high pixel density for smooth per-pixel motion and realistic lighting effects. Colour temperature is adjustable from 2000K to 10,000K, with full 360° hue control and 17 built-in lighting effects. The tube supports wireless CRMX, LumenRadio, DMX control, and the Godox Light App, and is compatible with mapping software for projecting video content. It is IP65-rated, shockproof up to 1m, and includes an onboard LCD screen with a 180° flip function for convenient monitoring.

Godox P300R SOFT Knowled Pixel Panel LED Light 1x1

Godox GD-P300R (GD/P300R, GDP300R, GD P300R, GD_P300R) P300R SOFT Knowled Pixel Panel LED Light 1x1 The Godox KNOWLED P300R is a high-output RGBWW LED pixel panel designed for film, television, and virtual production. It features four independently controllable pixels, enabling custom pixel mapping and dynamic lighting effects. The panel supports variable colour temperature from 1,800K to 10,000K with high colour accuracy (CRI ≥96, TLCI ≥96, CQS ≥95). Control options include DMX512, RDM, ArtNet, sACN, LumenRadio CRMX, and the Godox KNOWLED app. The built-in cooling system manages the 350W output efficiently. Flicker-free operation allows for high-speed and slow-motion filming.

Godox MS60R KNOWLED LED Light

Godox GD-MS60R (GD/MS60R, GD_MS60R, GDMS60R, GDMS60R) MS60R KNOWLED LED Light The Godox KNOWLED MS60R is a compact RGB LED video light designed for flexible placement in studio or location lighting setups. It supports multiple colour control modes, including CCT and full RGB operation, allowing precise adjustment of colour and effects. Wireless CRMX control is built in via a LumenRadio chip, with additional remote control available through the Godox KNOWLED and Light mobile applications. NFC functionality enables quick connection to supported control apps. The light can be powered using a removable rechargeable battery, mains power, or an optional E27 socket adapter, depending on the setup requirements. A dedicated lens-reflector is included to significantly increase usable light output when required.

Godox MS60R 4K KNOWLED LED Four Light Kit

Godox GD-MS60R-4K (GD/MS60R-4K, GD/MS60R/4K, GDMS60R4K, GD MS60R 4K) MS60R 4K KNOWLED LED Four Light Kit The Godox KNOWLED MS60R 4K is a compact RGB LED video light kit consisting of four units suitable for cinematic, theatrical, and studio use. Each light weighs 311g and supports multiple colour modes including CCT, HSI, X-Y, and FX. Power can be supplied via removable batteries, mains, or E27 sockets with the included adapter. Brightness can be enhanced using the lens reflector or DL5 Lite Parallel Beam Booster with SZL2 zoom lens. Wireless control is available through CRMX, NFC, and the Godox KNOWLED or Light Apps. The kit includes a magnetic modifier set and is compatible with various light-shaping accessories.  

Godox MS60R 2K KNOWLED LED Two Light Kit

Godox GD-MS60R-2K (GD/MS60R-2K, GDMS60R-2K, GD MS60R-2K, GDMS60R-2K) MS60R 2K KNOWLED LED Two Light Kit The Godox KNOWLED MS60R 2K Twin Kit comprises two super-compact RGB LED video lights designed for flexible placement in studio or location environments. Each light supports multiple colour modes, including CCT, HSI, X-Y, and FX, enabling precise colour and effects control. The units feature integrated CRMX via a LumenRadio chip, allowing wireless control from compatible consoles, as well as operation through the Godox KNOWLED and Light mobile apps. NFC functionality enables fast pairing with supported control apps. Power can be supplied via a removable battery, mains power using the GaN-based adapter, or an optional E27 socket adapter. The MS60R system supports a dedicated magnetic and optical modifier ecosystem for beam shaping and output control.

Godox MS60BI KNOWLED LED Light

Godox GD-MS60BI (GD/MS60BI, GD_MS60BI, GDMS60BI, GD MS60BI) MS60BI KNOWLED LED Light The Godox KNOWLED MS60Bi is a compact bi-colour LED video light designed for flexible integration into professional lighting systems. It features adjustable output across a 2800K to 6500K colour temperature range and includes built-in FX modes. The light supports multiple power sources, including a removable battery, mains power via an external adapter, and E27 socket operation when used with an optional adapter. Wireless control is available through integrated CRMX using a LumenRadio chip, as well as via the Godox KNOWLED and Godox Light mobile applications. NFC functionality allows quick pairing and configuration within supported control systems.

Godox MS60BI 4K KNOWLED LED Four Light Kit

Godox GD-MS60BI-4K (GD/MS60BI-4K, GD_MS60BI-4K, GDMS60BI-4K, GD MS60BI-4K) MS60BI 4K KNOWLED LED Four Light Kit The Godox KNOWLED MS60Bi Four-Light Kit is a compact bi-colour LED lighting system designed for professional video and production environments. Each light delivers 60 W output with an adjustable colour temperature range from 2800K to 6500K and built-in FX modes. The lights support CRMX wireless control through an integrated LumenRadio chip, alongside Bluetooth app control using the Godox KNOWLED and Light apps with NFC pairing. Flexible power options allow operation via rechargeable batteries, mains power, or E27 socket solutions when used with compatible accessories. The system is part of the KNOWLED MS/RS-series ecosystem, supporting a wide range of optical and magnetic light modifiers.

Godox MS60BI 2K KNOWLED LED Two Light Kit

Godox GD-MS60BI-2K (GD/MS60BI-2K, GD_MS60BI-2K, GDMS60BI-2K, GD MS60BI-2K) MS60BI 2K KNOWLED LED Two Light Kit The Godox KNOWLED MS60Bi 2K Twin Kit consists of two compact bi-colour LED video lights designed for integration into professional lighting systems. Each light delivers 60 W output with an adjustable colour temperature range from 2800K to 6500K, along with built-in FX modes. The lights support wireless CRMX control through an integrated LumenRadio chip and can also be managed via the Godox KNOWLED and Godox Light apps, with NFC for fast connection. Multiple power solutions are supported, including removable rechargeable batteries, mains power via a GaN-based adapter, and optional E27 socket operation. The system is compatible with a dedicated range of optical and magnetic modifiers for controlled light shaping.

Godox M600R Knowled COB LED Light with BR45 and CS20

Godox GD-M600R (GD/M600R, GD_M600R, GDM600R, GD M600R) M600R Knowled COB LED Light with BR45 and CS20 The Godox Knowled M600R is a 720W RGBWW COB LED hard light designed for cine and broadcast lighting applications. It provides variable colour temperature from 2500K to 10,000K, with full RGB, HSI and CCT control, including green/magenta adjustment for colour balancing. Output is adjustable from 0.1% to 100% with selectable dimming curves and flicker-free performance suitable for high-speed filming. The light delivers high colour accuracy with CRI 96+ and TLCI 97+. It supports multiple professional control protocols including DMX512, CRMX, sACN and Art-Net, with optional app control via Bluetooth when used with the TimoLinkTRX. The light body and controller are IP54 rated for use in challenging environments.

Godox M300BI Knowled LED Light with CB49

Godox GD-M300BI (GD/M300BI, GD_M300BI, GDM300BI, GD M300BI) M300BI Knowled LED Light with CB49 The Godox KNOWLED M300Bi is a 330 W bi-colour LED studio light designed for professional video and broadcast applications. It provides adjustable output from 0 to 100% with fine 0.1% control and selectable dimming curves for precise light management. The bi-colour design allows colour temperature adjustment between 2800 K and 6500 K, with high colour accuracy rated at CRI 96+ and TLCI 97+. The light supports multiple control methods including onboard controls, Bluetooth app control, optional wireless remote, and DMX512. It can be powered by AC mains or by two V-mount batteries for location use and features a quiet active cooling system. A Bowens S-Type mount enables compatibility with a wide range of light modifiers.

Godox MG2400BI-K2 Knowled LED Light with Flight Case FC05

Godox GD-MG2400BI-K2 (GD/MG2400BI-K2, GD/MG2400BI/K2, GDMG2400BIK2, GD MG2400BI K2) MG2400BI-K2 Knowled LED Light with Flight Case FC05 The Godox MG2400Bi is a high-power bi-colour LED videography light designed for broadcast, film, and theatrical applications. It delivers a stable 2600W output across all colour temperatures, with CRI and TLCI values exceeding 96 for accurate colour reproduction. The unit supports DMX512, CRMX, Bluetooth, and Ethernet control, and can be operated via Godox remote controllers or the KNOWLED App. Its G-Mount system recognises connected modifiers and automatically adjusts colour temperature for consistency. The MG2400Bi features a separate controller box, an 8m connection cable, and a detachable cooling fan for efficient heat management. Flicker-free performance ensures high-framerate shooting, while the light is IP54-rated and operates in extreme environmental conditions.

Godox MG1200R K3 Knowled RGB LED Light with Flight Case

Godox GD-MG1200R-K3 (GD/MG1200R-K3, GD/MG1200R/K3, GDMG1200RK3, GD MG1200R K3) MG1200R K3 Knowled RGB LED Light with Flight Case The Godox KNOWLED MG1200R is a high-power RGB LED cine light designed for professional film and broadcast environments. It delivers 1500W of output with a wide 1800K–10000K colour temperature range and full-colour RGB control. Output can be adjusted from 0.1% to 100% with fine dimming resolution and stable, flicker-free performance. The fixture supports multiple colour and effects modes, including CCT, HSI, RGBW, GEL, and FX. Integrated control options include DMX, CRMX, Ethernet, Bluetooth, and onboard operation, allowing integration into complex lighting networks. The MG1200R uses the Godox G-mount system for compatibility with dedicated high-output modifiers.

Atomos Sun Dragon 5m Flexible Rope light

Atomos AOATOMSND002 (AO-ATOMSND002, AO/ATOMSND002, AO_ATOMSND002, AO ATOMSND002) Sun Dragon 5m Flexible Rope light Sun Dragon: Flexible, High-Output Rope Light for Versatile Lighting Control Seamless Illumination: Sun Dragon is a flexible LED rope light densely packed with LEDs, providing consistent, even lighting across its entire length. Creative Lighting Flexibility: Wrap it around objects for creative highlights or combine multiple Sun Dragons for coordinated lighting scenes—perfect for any setup. True-to-Life Color Accuracy with 5-Color LEDs: Featuring Red, Green, Blue, Amber, and White LEDs, Sun Dragon delivers full-spectrum, natural lighting that closely mimics daylight. High CRI and TLCI: With a CRI Ra ≥ 97 and a TLCI of 96, Sun Dragon ensures excellent color rendering, reducing the need for color correction in post-production. Weatherproof Durability: Waterproof to 1 meter and resistant to dust and rain, making it ideal for any environment, from outdoor shoots to challenging conditions. Advanced Control & Connectivity: Precise Lighting Control: Equipped with wireless and wired DMX, Sun Dragon offers customizable settings for brightness, color, and hue. Compatible with Atomos AirGlu and Bluetooth-enabled for control via iPad or iPhone, with both battery and AC power options. Flexible, Portable Design: Shapeable for Any Setup: Sun Dragon’s flexible structure allows you to create custom lighting configurations, from coiling it into a panel light to shaping it around objects for unique effects. Weighing only 1 kg, it’s easy to transport and set up. Bright, Compact Power: With a slim 3cm diameter and an intense 2000-lumen output at just 80W, Sun Dragon is both powerful and energy-efficient. Sun Dragon redefines lighting versatility, offering filmmakers a high-quality, affordable, and flexible HDR lighting solution that’s ready for any creative challenge. Software Correlated Colour Temperature (CCT) Controls: Easily match daylight, tungsten, or any color temperature in between for seamless lighting consistency. RGBAW Full-Colour Control: Adjust hue, saturation, and intensity, or use XY coordinates to create precise, vibrant lighting setups. Built-in Gel Emulation: Access cinematic lighting effects with realistic gel color matching. Source Matching Mode: Match the output of common lighting fixtures for consistent on-set lighting. Dynamic Lighting Effects: Built-in presets for effects such as fireworks, explosions, strobe, and more. Customizable Presets: Save and access favorite settings quickly using the Favourites function. Hardware DMX Input/Output: 5-pin XLR for standard DMX control compatibility. RJ45/Ethernet for Art-Net 4 & sACN: Wired control options for seamless integration with modern lighting systems. User-Friendly Interface: Six function buttons for quick menu access and a rotation knob for intuitive settings selection. Power Options: Power in/out for flexibility, with a V-lock battery mount for portable setups. Durable Construction: Made with aircraft-grade aluminum for durability and stability. Full-Color LED Screen: Clear, vibrant display for precise control. Retractable Metal Hanger: Rubberized hanger for easy mounting and secure positioning on set. The Sun Dragon controller combines advanced control options with a durable design, offering professionals the tools for versatile and creative lighting setups on any set.  

Dedolight DPBA-L7 Parallel Beam intensifier LED monocolor, 7cm diameter Fits DLED4-D, DLED4-T, DLED7-D, DLED7-T

Dedolight DPBA-L7 (DPBA_L7, DPBAL7, DPBA/L7, DPBA L7) Parallel Beam intensifier LED monocolor, 7cm diameter Fits DLED4-D, DLED4-T, DLED7-D, DLED7-T  Dedolight - Parallel Beam attachment for DLED4-D, DLED4-T, DLED7-D, DLED7-T (Approx. mono color)      

Dedolight DPBA-L1821 Parallel Beam intensifier LED monocolor, 21cm diameter. Fits DLED12-D, DLED30-D. used with DPBA-21HON honeycomb

Dedolight DPBA-L1821 (DPBA_L1821, DPBAL1821, DPBA/L1821, DPBA L1821) Parallel Beam intensifier LED monocolor, 21cm diameter. Fits DLED12-D, DLED30-D. used with DPBA-21HON honeycomb This DPBA-L1819 Parallel Beam Intensifier increases light output up to an astonishing 351% (DLED30). Simply used by sliding in at the light's accessory slot and adjusting to the flood position; the new beam generated by this lens can be from 6° - 8° spread angles, depending on light model used. Parallel Beam Intensifiers, unique only to dedolight focusing lights, make using multiple Lightstream reflectors from one light source possible, as well as establishes a controlled virtual light source from the reflecting surface. "Lightstreaming" with Parallel Beam Intensifiers completely brings the reflectors to life in a systematic way with undeniably beautiful results. This tool provides a powerful new function your dedolight which nothing else can do on the market.       

Dedolight DMTSB420-SR Tripple stud boom with sliding receptacle. Length 42 cm.

Dedolight DMTSB420-SR (DMTSB420SR, DMTSB420_SR, DMTSB420/SR, DMTSB420 SR) Tripple stud boom with sliding receptacle. Length 42 cm. The Triple Stud Boom with Sliding Receptacle from Dedolight is 42cm in length.      

Atomos Sun Dragon Light 5m

Atomos Sun Dragon Light 5m(AOATOMSND001) The Sun Dragon from Atomos is a 5-color HDR LED light with individual strips for red, green, blue, amber, and white, each of which is 16' in length. It delivers realistic and accurate results with a CRI of 99 and a TCLI of 98, as well as a color temperature ranging from 2800 to 6500K and 2000 lumens of brightness. The Sun Dragon is also IP68 rated for dust and water resistance and can also survive being submerged in up to 1' of water. It functions using wireless or wired connectivity and may be controlled using the included custom controller, an AirGlu controller, or via Bluetooth with compatible apps. Power is delivered using a battery or AC plug. Strong Color Fidelity Achieve realistic results with this 5-color LED system. Enhanced Shadow Details Say goodbye to micro shadows with the Sun Dragon's precise lighting and maximum brightness. Performance CRI of 99 and TCLI 98 for exceptional color accuracy Lightweight (2.2 lb) 16' strip length Waterproof for weather resistance and IP68 resistant dust and water resistance, with up to 1' submergence Seamless Control Wireless and cabled connectivity Custom controller included AirGlu controlled Bluetooth compatibility for control via apps Power Flexibility  Battery or AC powered.

Dedolight DP1.2 Imager projection attachment with 85 mm lens

Dedolight DP1.2 (DP12, DP1-2, DP1_2, DP1/2) Imager projection attachment with 85 mm lens  This is a must-have system for any dedolight user's style of production, especially product and tabletop work. The DP1.2 (update to the DP1.1) Universal Imager/Projector fits in the accessory slot (barn-doors slot) of any M-size lights (see list below). Dedolight added a key-stoning correction knob to this classic projector to adjust the image plane when the light is set at an angle. Just like its predecessor (DP1.1), the DP1.2 has a universal slot imager compatible with "M" size gobos (with the DPGH gobo holder), the DPIR 8-Leaf Iris, and the DPFS loose framing leaves for occasional shutter-work. The DPEYESET softener fits in the front of most lenses. Medium-size projectors are in 3 sections: the condenser, the universal receptacle assembly (or Built-in Framing Shutter Assy), and lens holder that slides within to adjust focus. The lens holder can be removed to accommodate the physically larger DPL150.1M, 150mm Eagle Eye lens. The DP1.2 comes with the 85mm prime and has a large assortment of lenses to achieve any projection size: 6 primes and 2 zooms, from 30mm to 185mm.  The DP1 Universal projector uses the same lenses as the DP2.  To configure your own projector if you already have a lens, select the DP1.2-0 version with the Universal projector only and no lens.        

Dedolight DT4 Power supply for DLED4-D-T-IR860-UV365-UV400 90-264 V AC, Great Britain cable

Dedolight DT_4, (D_T4, DT4, DT/4, D/T4) Power supply for DLED4-D-T-IR860-UV365-UV400 90-264 V AC, Great Britain cable The DT4 Power Supply from NEC is a small, lightweight AC power source for the DLED4 tungsten and daylight lig Dedolight DT4 (DT4, DT4, DT4, DT4) Power supply for DLED4-D-T-IR860-UV365-UV400 90-264 V AC, Great Britain cable ht heads. The 90 to 264 VAC self-seeking voltage unit can be used virtually anywhere there's electricity and provides stable power that's dimmable from 100 to 0%. The DT4 comes with an 8.2' mains cable and 4.6' head cable. Allows worldwide use from 90 to 264 VAC 50/60 Hz cycle plus continuous dimming AC power supply for DLED4 tungsten and daylight light heads.    

Dedolight DLED12-D-DMX Focusing LED light head, daylight incl. DMX power supply and AC power cable

Dedolight DLED12-D-DMX (DLED12 D-DMX, DLED12/D-DMX, DLED12_D-DMX, DLED12D-DMX) Focusing LED light head, daylight incl. DMX power supply and AC power cable  The DLED12.1-D-DMX Daylight LED Light Head from Dedolight is a powerful focusable LED fixture with a high CRI of >91. This version is daylight-balanced resulting in a color temperature of 5600K useful for matching to location lighting or your other fixtures. The DLED12.1 offers a focusing range from 65 to 8°, providing a flood to spot capability for a multitude of uses. Also, the light is dimmable from 100-0% and is compatible with DMX controls. The light is able to output 50,400 lux at 3' while set to spot and only draws about 225W, making it a very efficient light source. This power does produce enough heat to require an Active Heat Pipe cooling system with near silent fans. This ensures the fixture will remain in top shape while not adding much noise to the scene. The DLED12.1 is capable of holding a 6.6" diameter accessory, including a wide angle attachment that alters the beam angle, and comes with a yoke mount featuring a 5/8" receptacle and 1 1/8" stud. Operating position of ±90° from horizontal Wide-angle attachment changes focusing range to 85 to 54° Protection Class I and IP40 safety certifications Runs on universal 90-264 VAC power      

Dedolight DLED12-BI-DMX Focusing LED light head, bicolor incl. DMX power supply and AC power cable

Dedolight DLED12-BI-DMX (DLED12BI-DMX, DLED12 BI-DMX, DLED12_BI-DMX, DLED12/BI-DMX) Focusing LED light head, bicolor incl. DMX power supply and AC power cable The DLED12 DMX Bicolor LED Light Head from Dedolight is a focusable LED fixture with a high CRI of >95. This version is bicolor-balanced resulting in a color temperature from 2700-6500K useful for matching to location lighting or your other fixtures. The DLED12 offers a focusing range from 65 to 8°, providing a flood-to-spot capability for a multitude of uses. Also, the light is dimmable from 100-0% and is compatible with DMX controls. The light can output 90,900 lux at 3' while set to spot and only draws about 250W, making it a very efficient light source. This power does produce enough heat to require an Active Heat Pipe cooling system with near silent fans.        

Dedolight DLED7-BI-UV Fokusing 80W ultra-violet LED light head 365-400nm tunable, for max contrast ration

Dedolight DLED7-BI-UV (DLED7BI-UV, DLED7_BI-UV, DLED7/BI-UV, DLED7 BI-UV) Fokusing 80W ultra-violet LED light head  365-400nm tunable, for max contrast ration The Dedolight Focusing 80W Ultra-Violet LED Light Head is 364-400nm tunable for maximum contrast ratio.        

Dedolight DLED4-D Focusing LED light head, daylight

Dedolight DLED4-D (DLED4D, DLED4_D, DLED4/D, DLED4 D) Focusing LED light head, daylight Having paved the way with the on-camera Ledzilla LED and the 1 x 1' stand-mounted Felloni Dedolight continues to forge ahead with the introduction of the Mobile DLED4.1-D LED Light Head (Daylight). Again using aspheric lens elements results in an amazing 1:20 flood to spot ratio with a beam angle of 60-4 degrees that delivers 27,000 lux in spot mode at 3.0' with no UV radiation emitted. A wide angle attachment increases coverage 85-54 degrees. The 5600K daylight balance blends in seamlessly in outdoor situations and is ideal for location and ENG work, and as is characteristic of LED sources, generates negligible heat. The DLED4.1-D is powered by the 100 to 260 VAC DT4.0-1 or DT4.0-1-DMX which offers remote control of the light's 100-20% dimmable light intensity. A DC power supply is also available for battery power sources up 18V. A full line of accessories from scrims and filters to Dedolight Imager projection attachments is available. State-of-the-art LED light source with features exclusively developed by Dedolight Dedolight patented aspherical optics Daylight color balance is ideal for location work, guaranteeing maximum output and minimum time spent fumbling with filters Provides astoundingly high efficiency in output Unprecedented wider and tighter focusing range Dedolight clean beam concept. Controlled precision beam with no stray light outside the fixture and perfectly even light distribution within the beam Complete light-shaping control: Scrims, graduated gray filters, aspherical wide-angle attachments with rotating barndoor leaves Dedolight imager projection attachments for light framing, soft edge light framing with eye filters, gobo projection, background effect projection, slide projection          

Dedolight Telephoto Projection Lens

Dedolight Telephoto Projection Lens(DPL185M) Metal barrel, f3.5. Has the longest focal length of the Dedolight projection lenses.

Dedolight Soft Case Kit with Four Reflector Surfaces

Dedolight Soft Case Kit with Four Reflector Surfaces(SEFL-4) Reflected light for creative elements and backgrounds. The multi-mirror reflectors can be bent and shaped for a multitude of light effects for projection, not only on the background, but also on persons. Neutral effects can simulate light spots and speckles as they can be seen when sunlight or moonlight falls through leaf structures of trees or bushes. Laminated color effect filters look super simple, but offer an amazing variety of effects. The light heads can be used in their original version or in conjunction with the parallel beam attachment for expanded power use and additional variation of effects. When using the parallel beam attachments, the useful light is doubled. Not only in the mini set, also in the big studio such effects can be used. Easy and quick setup for the professional in television, video and in photography.

Dedolight Large EFLECT Mirror Kit #1

Dedolight Large EFLECT Mirror Kit #1(SEFL-1) Reflected light for creative elements and backgrounds. The multi-mirror reflectors can be bent and shaped for a multitude of light effects for projection, not only on the background, but also on persons. Neutral effects can simulate light spots and speckles as they can be seen when sunlight or moonlight falls through leaf structures of trees or bushes. Laminated color effect filters look super simple, but offer an amazing variety of effects. The light heads can be used in their original version or in conjunction with the parallel beam attachment for expanded power use and additional variation of effects. When using the parallel beam attachments, the useful light is doubled. Not only in the mini set, also in the big studio such effects can be used. Easy and quick setup for the professional in television, video and in photography.

Dedolight Parallel Beam Intensifier for Light Heads

Dedolight Parallel Beam Intensifier for Light Heads(DPBA-714) This DPBA-714 Parallel Beam Intensifier increases light output up to 313% (DLH4). Simply used by sliding in at the light's accessory slot and adjusting to the flood position; the new beam generated by this lens can be from 4° - 8° spread angles, depending on light model used. Fits DLED7-BI, DLED7-D, DLED7-T, DLED4-BI, DLED4-D, DLED4-T or DLH4.

Dedolight Lightstream Reflector Kit

Dedolight Lightstream Reflector Kit(SLR7R-4) The Dedolight SLR7R-4 Lightstream Reflector Kit is the perfect lighting solution for photographers and videographers. This soft bag kit includes 4 reflectors in the compact size of 7x10 cm, making it easy to transport and use on location. The kit consists of reflectors #1, #2, #3, and #4, as well as extra accessories for versatile lighting options. The high efficiency of the reflectors in this system is due to their reflective values, with an impressive 95-98% of light being effectively reflected. When used with Parallel Beam adaptors, the quality of light and shadows becomes uniquely realistic, adding depth and dimension to your shots. The Dedolight SLR7R-4 Lightstream Reflector Kit features four different reflector types, each with a different surface for specific lighting effects. Reflector #1 is the closest to a very hard reflector, redirecting light without changing the beam size or character. It has a surface structure that provides reflection with a minimal exit angle of about 4°. Reflector #2 has a wider exit angle of 12°, making it more suitable for use with secondary reflectors with larger surfaces. Although it shows slightly less light intensity at the object, the total amount of reflected light remains consistent at 95-98%. For a gentler reflection, Reflector #3 covers an angle of 50°, while Reflector #4 has the widest angle of 95° and produces the most gentle reflection. This results in lower light levels reaching the object, making it ideal for close-up shots. In fact, when compared to commonly used styrofoam, Reflector #4 has comparable light intensity values reaching the object. The use of reflectors #3 and #4, or styrofoam, minimizes the effect of the square law when talent is moving. This is because the reflector surface itself becomes a light source, changing the influence of the square law and ensuring consistent exposure values. With the Dedolight SLR7R-4 Lightstream Reflector Kit, you can achieve professional lighting results with ease.

Swit CL-40D Bi-Colour Led Panel Light

Swit CL-40D Bi-Colour Led Panel Light(CL-40D, CL40D, CL/40D) The Swit 40W ultra portable bi-color fanless panel light is an innovative solution for videomakers seeking unprecedented lighting versatility. This slim and compact 40W two-tone LED panel redefines portability without compromising power. Its high brightness and soft diffusing capability ensures a professional-level lighting experience, creating a flattering, natural look for your videos. The CL-40D slim and mini size not only adds an element of practicality to your equipment, but also opens up new possibilities for capturing stunning images in any environment.  CL-40D offers a light output of 40W, a luminance of 1150Lux at 1 meter distance, a wide beam angle of 64°, and supports PWM digital dimming from 0 to 100%, smoothly and non-flickering. CL-40D consists of 40W of 2700K LEDs and 40W of 6500K LEDs and provides 40W power at any color temperature from 2700K to 6500K.The CL-40D has 2 knobs to adjust color temperature and dimming. The LCD screen displays exact values and power status.  For convenient set-up, the CL-40D supports several power supply types: V-mount battery, USB-C and 15 V DC. An AC-DC adapter is included in the package. The CL-40D comes with a snap-on handle that allows it to be quickly installed on the back of the lamp and mounted on any standard 5/8″ bracket. The bracket supports ±90° rotation on the stand. The CL-40D comes with 4 barn doors and a high-quality bag for storage and transport.

SWIT LA-R480 48-ch DMX512 Light Console

SWIT LA-R480 48-ch DMX512 Light Console(LA-R480, LAR480, LA/R480) LA-R480 is a Zero-basis operatable standard DMX512 light console of 24 channel sliders and Page A/B switch to control 48 channels in total. Interface LA-R480 supports AC 88-256V 50/60Hz input and loop output, RS232 remote control, RJ45 serial link ports and DMX sockets of both 3-pin male and female. Submaster and Master Control LA-R480 provides 6x Submaster sliders to group any of the 48 channels, and a Master slider to control all connected lights. The LCD displays exact values of every DMX channel. Serial Connection to Max 192-ch You can connect up tp 4x LA-R480 by RJ45 cables, to expand DMX channels to Max 192. The Master unit is in charge of DMX 1-48, and the Slave units are DMX 49-96, 97-144 and 145-192.

Swit 300W Bowens Mount Cob Led Light

Swit 300W Bowens Mount Cob Led Light(BL-300, BL300, BL/300) Bowens COB-LED Light   The BL-300 is a Bowens mount 300W COB LED light, with DMX control, high CRI/TLCI, accurate color performance, and various Bowens accessories for broadcast studio, mobile studio, live streaming studio applications. Separated Control Box AC & Batteries Power, DMX IN & OUT The BL-300 separates the control box to the light head, to enable power by batteries for outdoor lighting. The control box has PowerCON AC input, 2x V-mount battery plates, DC connector with light head, 5-pin DMX in & out, control buttons and LCD display. Dual Batteries Installation   The BL-300 control box can be fixed to 25-45mm light stands, and quickly released by a V welge structure, which is strong enough for 2x large capacity batteries.

SWIT 60w IP54 Waterproof Smd Panel Led Light

SWIT 60w IP54 Waterproof Smd Panel Led Light(PL-E60P 3KIT, PLE60P3KIT, PL/E60P/3KIT) IP54 Rainproof Panel Light   PL-E60P is an advanced version of PL-E60D, with additional IP54 rainproof structure. The light can work in the rain at any angle without external protections, and provides IP54 rainproof V-mount batteries to work together. 320pcs Edge Mounted LEDs Super thin, soft and glareless PL-E60P is specifically designed for field portable lighting applications. 320pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame, and with SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E60P can output bright, soft and equally spread light. Te light body is slim and portable, which is ideal in an interview kit and for field video production. Laser Dots 90° Light Guide High efficiency and super bright SWIT innovative technology is to add laser dots with calculated spaces on the reflection glass, so that the multi angles of edge light will be converged on the laser dots, and output 90° to the front with minimum light lost. Then the slim edge mounted light can also be high brightness. 1500 Lux @ 1 meter 0-100% flick-free dimming PL-E60P outputs 60W power, feeds 1500Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (center), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E60P also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smooth and non-flickering. Bi-colour Temperature 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable PL-E60P alternates between 2700K and 6500K LEDs, the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. High Colour Render Index CRI Ra 98; TLCI 99 CRI (Color Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the color reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E60P offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lost the object original colours. LCD Screen Display Dimmer / colour / DMX channel, battery info The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications. DMX512 Control Dimmer and Colour temperature PL-E60P adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Quick Adjust Mode By pressing the adjusting knob PL-E60P supports quick adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K.

SWIT 100w Long Ratio Ultra Slim Rgbw Light

SWIT 100w Long Ratio Ultra Slim Rgbw Light(VANGO-100L, VANGO100L, VANGO/100L) 3x0.5’ Long Ratio, 21mm Ultra Slim With SWIT unique Edge Mounted SMD and 90° high efficient light guide tech, the VANGO-100L has a ultra slim size to only 21mm thickness, and diffused to soft light to paint the entire environment. Time Division Tech, Brighter Color Light The regular RGB panels are high bright in CCT mode, but much lower in RGB color mode. That’ s because in a regular RGB light, the RGB color LED and White LED have fixed rates to share the total power of the light, and when output color lights, the RGB LEDs use only 1/3 power. By SWIT unique Time Division Drive tech, full power of the light can be assigned to RGB color LEDs, and greatly increased the intensity of color light. The 100W VANGO-100L color light intensity equals to a regular 300W RGB color light intensity. Control Panel VANGO-100L rear control panel supports 5-pin DMX in & out, 4-pin XLR DC 11-36V in, and V-mount battery plate (Gold mount for option), and a large color LCD with menu and hot keys for convenient color picking. The USB-A port is for firmware update or user color profile upload, and to power wireless DMX receiver. Bluetooth APP Control Download “SWIT Console” APP on IOS App Store or Google PLAY, to connect and control VANGO lights via Bluetooth. Swanneck Strong Ball Head   VANGO-100L provides a strong swanneck ball head for light stand mounting, both junior pin male and baby pin female.

SWIT 100w 2:1 Ultra Slim Rgbw Panel Light

SWIT 100w 2:1 Ultra Slim Rgbw Panel Light(VANGO-100, VANGO/100, VANGO100) 100W Ultra Slim RGBW Panel VANGO-100, the slim portable size 100W RGBW panel with extreme high color light output, equivalent to regular 300W RGB color light intensity, for your flexible video studio setup. 21mm Ultra Slim and Soft With SWIT unique Edge Mounted SMD and 90° high efficient light guide tech, the VANGO-100 has an ultra slim size to only 21mm thickness, and diffused to soft light to paint the entire environment. Time Division Tech, Brighter Color Light The regular RGB panels are high bright in CCT mode, but much lower in RGB color mode. That’ s because in a regular RGB light, the RGB color LED and White LED have fixed rates to share the total power of the light, and when output color lights, the RGB LEDs use only 1/3 power. By SWIT unique Time Division Drive tech, full power of the light can be assigned to RGB color LEDs, and greatly increased the intensity of color light. The 100W VANGO-100 color light intensity equals to a regular 300W RGB color light intensity. Control Panel   VANGO-100 rear control panel supports 5-pin DMX in & out, 4-pin XLR DC 11-36V in, and V-mount battery plate (Gold mount for option), and a large color LCD with menu and hot keys for convenient color picking. The USB-A port is for firmware update or user color profile upload, and to power wireless DMX receiver.

SWIT 100w Bi-color Studio Smd Panel Led Light

SWIT 100w Bi-color Studio Smd Panel Led Light(CL-100D, CL100D, CL/100D) CL-100D is a 100W 2:1 Bi-color SMD LED panel light, with DMX control, high CRI/TLCI and accurate color performance, for broadcast studio, mobile studio, live streaming studio install applications. 3300 Lux @ 1 meter CL-100D has 1440pcs long life SMD LEDs, outputs 100W power, feeds 3300Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (center), supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. The SMD LEDs featured high uniformity of illuminance, soft and bright, an ideal light source for Broadcast studios, green keyer, live streaming etc. Wider Beam Angle The CL-100D SMD LEDs have wider beam angle comparing to the traditional DIP LED bulbs. It will generate an equally spread area light from center to edge, instead of a glaring light spot that suddenly declined from center to edge. The wider angle equally spread light produces a nature light environment in studio. 2700K-6500K Continuously CL-100D adopts 4-step MacAdam Ellipse SMD-LEDs, consists of 100W 2700K LEDs and 100W 6500K LEDs, and can be continuously adjusted between 2700K and 6500K. Accurate Color Render CRI 97; TLCI 99 CRI (Color Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colors of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the color reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while CL-100D offers the super high CRI at 97 and TLCI at 99, and will not lose the object original colors. DMX, AC IN & LOOP CL-100D provides 5-pin XLR DMX512 in and out, with a 5V USB-A socket to power wireless DMX receiver. For convenient studio installation, the CL-100D provides PowerCON True 1 AC in and loop out sockets, which will loop through more than 25x CL-100D lights under 220V AC voltage, and 13x CL-100D lights under 110V voltage. Independent DMX Addr Setting The regular Bi-color lights use N and N+1 to set Dimmer and Color temp DMX addresses, which means 1x light occupy 2x DMX sliders on the console. Now the CL-100D can set independent DMX addresses for Dimmer and Color temp. For example you can set Color temp DMX 024 for every light, and Dimmer DMX 001, 002, 003... sequentially, to save sliders on the console. Optional Honeycomb CL-100D provides a 40° metal honeycomb plate for optional purchase. The honeycomb can be used together with barndoors.   Honeycomb Part number: LA-G100

Matthews Cutter ,24" X 72''

Matthews Cutter ,24" X 72''(169067) Cutters are square or rectangular frames with mounting pins attached. Used to control natural or artificial light. Can be used to protect the camera lens from flares, control spill light from other sources, or keep light from reaching an area on the set. Newly designed 90° Cutter frames will make it possible to position the instrument over the top of the set wall or to use two or more units to create a box for better light control.

Matthews Gobo Plate Media Mount (Vesa)

Matthews Gobo Plate Media Mount (Vesa)(30027) Matthews Studio Equipment, Inc. expands the Gobo Plate™ line with an affordable on-set grip tool that’s easy for anyone to use. Gobo Plate™ Media Mount is designed to rapidly and safely mount monitors onto C-Stands using standard 2.5” Grip heads. The simplicity and versatility of the Gobo Plate™ Media Mount system offers speed and adaptability amongst the ever-changing nature of set work, allowing montiors to be mounted wherever necessary and easily adjusted whenever necessary.

TILTA UH-T04 Universal Pro Hand Grip System

TILTA UH-T04 (UH/T04, UH_T04, UHT04, UH T04) Universal Pro Hand Grip System This high strength universal hand grip system clamps directly onto the rods of your camera setup, allowing for super fast transitions from shoulder mounted operation to other camera mounts and back again. Simply snap the bridge onto the rods and lock it down via a tightening screw. This system comes in two different designs: one that offers mounting points to 15mm LWS and 15mm studio rod systems and another that offers mounting points to 15mm LWS and 19mm studio rod systems. This snap-on design ensures that you will not have to remove accessories that are already attached to the rods. The rig is extremely stable, solid, and durable. The hand grips have high density foam for comfort, support, and stability which can also be rotated 360 degrees via stainless steel Arri Standard Rosettes. Furthermore, the three-joints design allows for operator flexibility and comfort. The Rosette Extension Handles can be extended to fit your needs.  

Kino Flo Image L40 Led Dmx Yoke Mount

Kino Flo Image L40 Led Dmx Yoke Mount(IMG-L40U) The Image L40LED joins Kino Flo’s family line of LED soft lights. The Image L40 measures 54” x 17” (137cm x 43cm). Light output is 55FC at 10ft (604 LUX at 3M) but only uses 2.0A (120VAC).  The Image L40 LED’s “All in One” design includes standard DMX in/out ports for cable as well as wireless DMX connectivity (Lumen Radio®). Additional specifications include universal voltage input 100-240vac.  The Image L40 LED’s come complete with removable gel frame and louver and are available in Yoke mount and Pole-Op models.  Kino Flo’s Image L40 LED's include 4 menu options, one white, two colors and FX menu. The White menu features include Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Dimming range is from .02 to 100 percent without introducing any flicker and can be adjusted in coarse or fine mode by pressing the control knob in/out. The Kelvin range is tunable from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. The Green/Magenta control can be scaled from 0 to 100, where 25 = ¼ correction, 50 = ½ correction and 100 = full correction. In the Gels/Hue menu, the Kelvin range is extended to 2500K Kelvin to 9900K daylight and a fourth channel is called Gel.The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. The gel function can be applied to any Kelvin temperature and by pushing the control knob in/out, the gel will be applied or removed. A fifth channel called Hue Angle (Hue) and sixth channel Saturation (Sat) are also included in the gel menu. These two channels behave similar to a traditional color wheel, where white light is in the center and Hue Angle determines the color along a 360-degree range and Saturation determines how much color is applied. With the Hue Angle and Saturation it is possible to create over 2 million color combinations. The RGB color menu gives individual control of red, green and blue LED’s. The RGB mode is a great way to work with apps withpredetermined RGB presets or color wheels. RGB menu is also a great feature to dial in specific gel RGB values or when controlling colors from a DMX desk. The FX (Effects) menu introduced on June 1, 2018 provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. When on the desired effect, there are several pre-sets as well as control parameters that can be altered. For example, in the Lightning effect there is a “Storm” and “Frankenstein” preset, but it is possible to change Rate to provide additional variation.

Kino Flo Image L80 LED DMX Yoke Mount, Univ

Kino Flo Image L80 LED DMX Yoke Mount, Univ(IMG-L80U) The Image L80 LED joins Kino Flo’s family line of LED soft lights. One of the largest LED’s in the industry, the Image L80 measures 54” x 28” (137cm x 71cm). Light output is 96FC at 10ft (1060 LUX at 3M) but only uses 4.0A (120VAC).  The Image L80 LED’s “All in One” design includes standard DMX in/out ports for cable as well as wireless DMX connectivity (Lumen Radio®). Additional specifications include universal voltage input 100-240vac.  The Image L80 LED’s come complete with removable gel frame and louver and are available in Yoke mount and Pole-Op models.  Kino Flo’s Image L80 LED's include 4 menu options, one white, two colours and FX menu. The White menu features include Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Dimming range is from .02 to 100 percent without introducing any flicker and can be adjusted in coarse or fine mode by pressing the control knob in/out. The Kelvin range is tunable from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. The Green/Magenta control can be scaled from 0 to 100, where 25 = ¼ correction, 50 = ½ correction and 100 = full correction. In the Gels/Hue menu, the Kelvin range is extended to 2500K Kelvin to 9900K daylight and a fourth channel is called Gel.The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. The gel function can be applied to any Kelvin temperature and by pushing the control knob in/out, the gel will be applied or removed. A fifth channel called Hue Angle (Hue) and sixth channel Saturation (Sat) are also included in the gel menu. These two channels behave similar to a traditional colour wheel, where white light is in the center and Hue Angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. With the Hue Angle and Saturation it is possible to create over 2 million colour combinations. The RGB colour menu gives individual control of red, green and blue LED’s. The RGB mode is a great way to work with apps withpredetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. RGB menu is also a great feature to dial in specific gel RGB values or when controlling colours from a DMX desk.   The FX (Effects) menu introduced on June 1, 2018 provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. When on the desired effect, there are several pre-sets as well as control parameters that can be altered. For example, in the Lightning effect there is a “Storm” and “Frankenstein” preset, but it is possible to change Rate to provide additional variation.

Kino Flo FreeStyle 41 LED DMX System, Univ

Kino Flo FreeStyle 41 LED DMX System, Univ(SYS-F41U) Kino Flo’s FreeStyle 41 LED's come with  four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the center, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and safe them on the preset buttons For additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the Kino Flo KinoGrip.  Kino Flo's FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). 

Kino Flo KinoFlo FreeStyle T44 DMX System, Univ

KinoFlo FreeStyle T44 DMX System, Univ(SYS-FT44U) Kino Flo has put together this FreeStyle T44 LED LED DMX System Universal for image-makers who require a flexible, multi-featured setup that can be taken on the road. The kit includes the T44 fixture with built-in barndoors, a 90-degree grid, four LED tubes, twist mount with a 3/8" pin, 25' extension cable, and the 140 LED DMX Controller. Kino Flo FreeStyle T44 LED Fixture The FreeStyle T44 LED Fixture from Kino Flo is an LED lamp head that is part of a system or kit that is powered the separately-purchased, required LED 140X DMX Controller. The fixture measures 52 x 13 x 3.5" w/ 6.5" barndoors and weighs 11 lb - light enough to hand hold. It comes with a 90-degree removable louver (grid). The fixture runs on 100 to 240 VAC current through its optional controller and requires separately purchased LED tubes. The FreeStyle 144 requires a head cable and controller for use. The controller offers an extensive 6-channel array of control features and use options. It has two menus for color and a "White Menu" for Dimming, Kelvin Temperature, and Green/Magenta adjustments. Using one of the color menus expands the Kelvin range from a warm 2500 to an ice-blue 9900K. The second color menu allows you to work with RGB, a real convenience when employing color wheels or RGB presets. The fourth channel (named the Gel channel) has presets for over 100 well-known temperature-modifying gels including blue/green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor. A fifth channel allows for Hue adjustments along a 360-degree range like a color wheel, while the 6th Saturation channel controls the intensity of the chosen color. The controller has onboard DMX for making adjustments remotely from a console and also is compatible with Lumen Radio wireless DMX. The controller runs on 100 to 240 VAC current for worldwide use. But can also run on "block" batteries when mains power is unavailable. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue angle and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Full range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX Auto Terminate Remote fixture with built-in barndoors Removable LED panel Fixture includes removable 90° Honeycomb Louver Honeycomb louver also available in 60° as accessory Lightweight, slim profile Light enough to be handheld Separately purchased Controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable Kino Flo LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture (4') Specially designed for the fixture, the 4' LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture from Kino Flo conforms to Kino's True Match white light and RGBW management system. It displays a soft, subtle light quality and accurate color rendition that earns it a CRI of 95. When used in the fixture with the reflector in a group of four, the output is similar to a 1000W tungsten soft light. Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs, (120 VAC Cord) This Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs comes with a power cord for running on 120 VAC while controlling and powering up to four T44 LED tubes. The controller features four modes that provide near total control of the output of the LED tubes (LED tubes not included). In white mode, the unit drives LED tubes output light with a color temperature range between 2700 to 6500K. It also enables dimming and green/magenta adjustment. Gels/Hue expands the color temperature range to 2500 to 9900K while providing access to background keying presets and over 100 lighting gel looks. RGB mode provides access to the individual red, green, and blue LED luminaries for precise control. FX Mode provides customizable presets. The integrated display screen shows dim, Kelvin, green/magenta shift, and the DMX Channel. Four built-in buttons default to four Kelvin presets, but you can customize the settings of the buttons. The built-in control knob lets you set dimming, Kelvin, green/magenta levels and DMX address. The controller supports both wired and wireless DMX, and it accepts worldwide power inputs as well as 18 to 36 VDC. Menus White: dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight; Green/Magenta controls Gels/Hue: extended Kelvin color range from 2500-9900K and provides access to Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels RGB: provides access to individual red, green, and blue control. Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels FX: custom presets like Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse, and Scroll with control parameters that can be altered. For example, Lightning effect has a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but can change the Rate to provide additional variation The controller can dim your LED tubes from 100% brightness down to 1% The controller comes with a Lumen Radio Wireless 120 VAC power cord, but can run off of 100 to 240 VAC at 50/60 Hz. You can also power the controller vie a 24 VDC battery with 3-pin XLR connector. Kino Flo KinoGrip MTP-KG41 Mount with 3/8" Pin The KinoGrip MTP-KG41 Mount with 3/8" Pin from Kino Flo is a twist-on ball and socket mount with a 3/8" pin for attachment to a grip head. The mount has an integrated handle should you wish to hand hold the light fixture. Kino Flo Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System (25') The 25' Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System from Kino Flo provides extra distance between the Select LED head and its ballast. Up to 2 extensions can be joined for a total of 50'.

Kino Flo KinoFlo FreeStyle Air Panel w/ Harness

KinoFlo FreeStyle Air Panel w/ Harness(PAN-AIR) The FreeStyle Air arrives ready to take its place as a lightweight accessory that integrates seamlessly with existing FreeStyle systems. Compatible with FreeStyle mounts, extension cables and LED-140 & LED-150 Series controllers, this portable thin profile panel offers the advantages of easy deployment and favorable cost of ownership to current FreeStyle owners and operators. In addition to a twist-on mount for light stands, and corner bumpers for 4-point hangs, the FreeStyle Air comes with eyelets to simplify overhead and other surface attachment. Its rigid construction prevents any flex when handling and safeguards the integrity of its components. Usable LED life is extended with a proven passively-cooled design that ensures color and luminosity remain stable over the rated life of the LEDs. Ease of maintenance is built into a user serviceable design. It features a removable upper rail and quick access to pull-out LED platens that are easily replaced or repaired.   Combining new mobility and reliable performance with familiar features, the FreeStyle Air delivers Kino Flo’s renowned Color Science LED technology in this lightweight addition to the range.

Canon BG-R10 Battery Grip

Canon 4365C001 (BG R10, BG/R10, BG_R10, BGR10) BG-R10 Battery Grip. Add a BG-R10 Battery Grip to your EOS R5 or EOS R6 and you’ll be able to shoot for longer, without stopping to switch or charge batteries. Two of LP-E6NH, LP-E6N or LP-E6 batteries can be used together to extend your shooting time. LP-E6NH and LP-E6N batteries can be charged in the grip by connecting the camera to a PD-compatible USB power source, like the Canon PD-E1. The grip also has a duplicate set of camera controls – including an AF point selection joystick – that is positioned to replicate the layout of the camera’s own buttons and dials. They fall instinctively under the right fingers and thumbs when the camera is held vertically. The BG-R10 is built to the same exacting standards as the EOS R5 and EOS R6 cameras, with the same level of resistance to dust and moisture. Benefits Shoot for longer with your EOS R5 or EOS R6 by using two of LP-E6NH, LP-E6N or LP-E6 batteries at the same time The BG-R10 makes it more comfortable to hold your camera vertically, with an ergonomically sculptured grip and a duplicate set of controls that are instinctive to find with the camera at your eye Power your EOS R5 or EOS R6 with mains electricity by connecting the BG-R10 to the DR-E6 DC Coupler and AC-E6N AC Adapter Charge LP-E6NH or LP-E6N batteries without removing them from the grip. Just connect the camera to a PD-compatible USB power source Duplicate controls include an AF point selection joystick that makes it easy to move the active focus point around the frame Shoot with confidence when conditions turn bad – the BG-R10 is built to the same exacting standards as the EOS R5 and EOS R6 cameras, with the same level of resistance to dust and moisture  

SWIT S-2330 Bi-Colour Studio LED Spot Light

SWIT S-2330 Bi-Colour Studio LED Spot Light S 2330 S2330 S-2330 S/2330 300W LED Spot Light Ultra-bright and long-life S-2330 is a studio LED spotlight, with Chip-on-board LEDs of 50,000 hours lifetime, and generates 300W light output, which is an ideal light source for broadcast studio and field video productions. Spot /Flood Adjust 20° - 70° beam angle S-2330 outputs 20° - 70° beam angle by adjusting position of the LED board, and 0-100% non-flickering dimmable. The following output illuminance at a different distance is for reference: Distance 20°Spot 70°Flood 3 meters 5940Lux 913Lux 5 meters 2139Lux 364Lux 7 meters 1090Lux 193Lux Bi-colour temperature 3000K-8000K continuously adjustable S-2330 LED board alternated with 3000K and 8000K LEDs, and the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 3000K and 8000K. High Colour Reveal Ability CRI Ra≥95; TLCI≥95 CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while S-2330 offers the super high CRI at 95 and TLCI at 95, and will not lose the object original colours. DMX512 Control Dimmer and colour temperature S-2330 adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. LCD screen display Dimmer/colour temperature / DMX address The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, and set DMX address, supports touch control to adjust and set. Silent Mode Switch off fans S-2330 adopts silent fans to radiate heat, which will not affect normal shooting environment to record audio. While in strictly silent required broadcast environment, S-2330 can be switched to "Silent Mode" to turn off the fans. Anyway, during the Silent Mode running, when the light detected a temperature over 75 degree, it will be switched off automatically to protect the LED. Sleep Mode Quick recover brightness S-2330 supports “Sleep Mode”: you can switch off the light by pressing the DIMMER knob, to enter Sleep Mode. And press the DIMMER knob again; the S-2330 can be quickly light up to the previous dimmer value. 4-leaf Metal Barn Door With black-out cloth S-2330 is equipped with 4-leaf metal barn doors, dismountable and rotatable. Meanwhile, the light provides a special black-out cloth to prevent the light leakage. Key Features 300W ultra bright COB LED light 20°-70° Spot/Flood adjustable 3000K-8000K continuously adjustable 0-100% flick-free dimming Super high CRI Ra≥95, TLCI≥95 DMX512 controlled colour and dimmer LCD display colour and dimmer value Silent mode by fans switching off LED overheat detection and protection 4-leaf metal barn doors Strong all-metal housing U-shape support and lighting tripod mount  

SWIT S-2820 Professional 200W RGBW light, V-Mount, DMX

SWIT S-2820 Professional 200W RGBW light, V-Mount, DMX S 2820 S2820 S-2820 S/2820 200W RGBW 1:1 Panel, 280pcs SMD LEDs: S-2820 is an RGBW 1:1 panel LED light that adopts 280pcs SMD LEDs, a 200W power output and a 5000Lux @ 1 meter. Smart Phone APP control, IOS and Android: S-2820 has a control panel on the rear side, and can also be operated by a Smart Phone APP. CCT Mode, 2800K-10000K, G/M adjustment: The colour temperature mode achieves 2800K-10000K continuous adjustment and Green / Magenta ±1.00 adjustment. RGB Mode, HSI, CIE and RGB pick: Support HSI mode, CIE mode, RGB mode to pick colours, by rear control panel value setting or smart phone APP. GEL Mode, Built-in Rosco and Lee Gels: S-2820 has built-in 20x Rosco Gels and 20x Lee Gels to easily switch by rear control panel or smart phone APP. Power Input, AC, V-mount DC: S-2820 supports SpeakOn AC power input and 4-pin XLR DC 14.8-26V input. It comes with a standard V-mount plate and works best with SWIT high load batteries S-8183S, PB-R290S, PB-H290S or PB-H260S to power.

SWIT PL-S150D | 150W super-bright Soft Panel LED Light, 5500Lux, V-Mount, DMX

SWIT PL-S150D 150W super-bright Soft Panel LED Light, 5500Lux, V-Mount, DMX PL-S150D PL-S150D PL-S150D PL-S150D No Fan, No Noise: The active cooling system of the PL-S150D ensures 150W high bright output with no fan or louver, to provide a silent video production environment. 2700K-6500K Continuously Adjustment: The PL-S150D consists of 150W of 2700K LED and 150W of 6500K LED, and outputs 150W power at any colour temperature from 2700K to 6500K. CRI 97; TLCI 99: The PL-S150D adopts high end surface mounted LEDs with super high Colour Rendering Index (CRI) Ra 97, and Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) 99. Objects will keep their original colours exactly under the light. SSI 73 (D55): SSI (Academy Spectral Similarity Index) is an evaluation of light colour rendering in 4K broadcast studios, by comparing the spectral power distributions of a test light fixture with a reference light source. PL-S150D CIE D55 (comparing with sunlight) SSI scores 73, a high score to the LED light. Control Info Display: The rear LCD screen can display dimmer percentage, colour temperature, DMX address and Group channel. Long press dimmer knob to set DMX address, and long press colour temp knob to switch between DMX consoler mode and Group interactive control mode. 5-pin DMX IN & OUT: The PL-S150D provides 5-pin XLR DMX512 in & out, and a 5V USB-A port to power the wireless DMX receivers. The DMX address n= dimmer, n+1=colour temp DC and Battery Power: The PL-S150D supports 3-pin XLR DC 12-36V wide range input, and an on-board V-mount plate to power by batteries. The standard package provides an AC-DC adaptor and can be fixed to the V-mount plate. Key Features: 1152pcs ultra bright long-life LEDs SMD Surface mounted LED technology 64° half peak wide beam angle 150W power, 5500Lux @ 1meter Smooth index dimming curve 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable Colour rendering CRI 97, TLCI 99, SSI(D55)73 DMX512 controlled colour and dimmer LCD display colour and dimmer value Power by V/Gold mount battery or AC adaptor 4-leaf metal barn doors and Yoke bracket  

SWIT PL-E90P Waterproof 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 90W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, V-Mount

SWIT PL-E90P Waterproof 3rd Generation TLCI-99 90W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, V-Mount PL E90P PLE90P PL-E90P PL/E90P SWIT PL-E90P 90W IP54 Waterproof Panel LED, IP54 Rainproof Panel Light:  PL-E90P is an advanced version of the PL-E90D, with additional IP54 rainproof structure. The light can work in the rain at any angle without external protection, and provides IP54 rainproof V-mount batteries to work together. 480pcs Edge Mounted LEDs, Super thin, soft and glare less: PL-E90P is specifically designed for field portable lighting applications. 480pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame. With SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E90P can output bright, soft, equal spread of light. The light weight body is slim and portable, which is an ideal light source for interview shoots and field video productions. 2200 Lux @ 1 meter, 0-100% flick-free dimming:  PL-E90P outputs 90W power, feeds 2200Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E90P also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smooth and non-flickering. Bi-colour Temperature, 2700K-6500K, continuously adjustable: PL-E90P alternates with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. High Colour Render Index, CRI Ra 98; TLCI 99: CRI (Colour Rendering Index)  measures the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is specifically for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E90P offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lose the objects original colours. LCD Screen Display, Dimmer / colour / DMX channel, battery info: The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications. DMX512 control, Dimmer and Colour temperature: PL-E90P adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Quick Adjust Mode, By pressing the adjusting knob, PL-E90P supports quick adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K. Interaction Control Mode, Control the lights each other without a DMX consoler: Press and hold colour temperature adjusting knob for around 2 seconds, the upper left corner of LCD shows "CH" indicating that the communication control mode currently is interaction control mode. In this mode, set the target lights to the same communication address to work normally, and the master slave machine is not distinguished. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Key Features: 480pcs edge mounted SMD-LEDs Unique 90° light guide technology IP54 certificated waterproof 90W power, 2200Lux @ 1meter 0-100% flick-free dimming 70° effective wide beam angle 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable Super high CRI Ra 98, TLCI 99 DMX512 control and Interaction control LCD display colour, dimmer and battery info DC 11-36V wide input voltage Power by V-mount / Gold mount battery Strong all-metal housing with U-stand Provide portable 3-light kit with tripods  

SWIT Set of 3 x TLCI-99 90W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, V-Mount

SWIT Set of 3 x TLCI-99 90W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, V-Mount PLE90D 3KIT PLE90D 3KIT PL-E90D 3KIT PL/E90D 3KIT 480pcs Edge Mounted LEDs: Super thin, area light, soft and glare less PL-E90D is specially designed for field portable lighting applications. 480pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame, and with SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E90D can output bright, soft and equally spread light. Meanwhile, the light body is slim enough and portable, which is an ideal light source for interview kit, field video productions, and broadcast studios. Laser Dots 90° Light Guide:  High efficiency and super bright The traditional edge mounted LED lights are always not so bright, because half of the light will go to the backside, even if there’s reflection board, there’s still a lot of light lost. SWIT innovative technology is to add laser dots with calculated spaces on the reflection glass, so that the multi angles of edge light will be converged on the laser dots, and output 90° to the front with minimum light lost. Then the slim edge mounted light can also be high brightness. 2200 Lux @ 1 meter: 0-100% flick-free dimming PL-E90D outputs 90W power, feeds 2200Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E90D also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. Bi-colour Temperature: 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable PL-E90D alternated with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. High Colour Reveal Ability: CRI Ra 98; TLCI 99 CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100.: The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E90D offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lost the object original colours. LCD Screen Display: Dimmer / colour / DMX channel, battery info The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications. Quick Adjust Mode: By pressing the adjusting knob PL-E90D supports quick adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K.  MX512 control: Dimmer and Colour temperature PL-E90D adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 sec to enter DMX address setting, range from 001 to 512.  Interaction Control Mode: Control the lights each other without a DMX controller Press and hold colour temperature adjusting knob for 2 sec, the light will enter "CH" interaction control mode. In this mode, connect all the lights by DMX cables, and operate any of the light, all the other lights with same CH addresses can be controlled together. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 sec to enter CH address setting, range from 001 to 512. Interaction Control Mode Demonstration: Connected by DMX cables For example, operate any of the CH 001 light, all the other CH 001 lights can be controlled together. Max 512 CH addresses can be set. 11-36V Wide Input Voltage: By V-mount/Gold mount battery or 4-pin XLR PL-E90D supports 11-36V wide range voltage input, with 4-pin XLR DC socket, and equipped with V-mount or Gold mount plate to power by batteries. (The default battery plate is V-mount.)  

SWIT PL-E60P | Waterproof 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slimV-Mount

SWIT PL-E60P | Waterproof 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slimV-Mount PLE60P PL E60P PL-E60P PL/E60P IP54 Rainproof Panel Light PL-E60P is an advanced version of PL-E60D, with additional IP54 rainproof structure. The light can work in the rain at any angle without external protections, and provides IP54 rainproof V-mount batteries to work together. 320pcs Edge Mounted LEDs, Super thin, soft and glare less: PL-E60P is specifically designed for field portable lighting applications. 320pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame, and with SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E60P can output bright, soft and equally spread light. The light body is slim and portable, which is ideal in an interview kit and for field video production. Laser Dots 90° Light Guide, High efficiency and super bright: SWIT innovative technology is to add laser dots with calculated spaces on the reflection glass, so that the multi angles of edge light will be converged on the laser dots, and output 90° to the front with minimum light lost. Then the slim edge mounted light can also be high brightness. 1500 Lux @ 1 meter, 0-100% flick-free dimming: PL-E60P outputs 60W power, feeds 1500Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E60P also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smooth and non-flickering. Bi-colour Temperature, 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable: PL-E60P alternates between 2700K and 6500K LEDs, the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. High Colour Render Index, CRI Ra 98; TLCI 99: CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E60P offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lost the object original colours. LCD Screen Display, Dimmer / colour / DMX channel, battery info: The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications. DMX512 Control, Dimmer and Colour temperature: PL-E60P adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Quick Adjust Mode, By pressing the adjusting knob: PL-E60P supports quick adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K. Key Features: 320pcs edge mounted SMD-LEDs Unique 90° light guide technology IP54 water/dust proof 60W power, 1500Lux @ 1meter 0-100% flick-free dimming 70° effective wide beam angle 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable Super high CRI Ra 98, TLCI 99 LCD display colour, dimmer and battery info DC 11-36V wide input voltage Power by V-mount / Gold mount battery DMX512 control and Interaction control Strong all-metal housing with U-stand Provide portable 3-light kit Optional 4-leaf barn door and 40° honeycomb  

SWIT PL-E60D 3KIT Set of 3 x 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, V-Mount, DMX

SWIT PL-E60D 3KIT Set of 3 x 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, V-Mount, DMX PL E60D PLE60D PL-E60D PL/E60D Specially designed for regular transmission. 320pcs Edge Mounted LEDs, Super thin, area light, soft and glare less: PL-E60D is specially designed for field portable lighting applications. 320pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame, and with SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E60D can output bright, soft and equally spread light, meanwhile, the light body is slim enough and portable, which is an ideal light source for interview kit and field video productions. Laser Dots 90° Light Guide, High efficiency and super bright: The traditional edge mounted LED lights are always not so bright, because half of the light will go to the backside, even if there’s reflection board, there’s still a lot of light lost. SWIT innovative technology is to add laser dots with calculated spaces on the reflective glass, so that the multi-angles of edge light will be converged on the laser dots, and output 90° to the front with minimum light lost. Then the slim edge mounted light can also be high brightness. 1500 Lux @ 1 meter, 0-100% flick-free dimming: PL-E60D outputs 60W power, feeds 1500Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E60D also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. Bi-colour Temperature, 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable: PL-E60D alternated with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. High Colour Reveal Ability, CRI Ra 98; TLCI 99: CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E60 offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lost the object original colours. LCD Screen Display, Dimmer / colour temperature value, battery info: The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, and remaining battery indications. Quick Adjust Mode, By pressing the adjusting knob: PL-E60D supports quick-adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick-adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K. DMX512 control, Dimmer and Colour temperature: PL-E60D adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2s to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Interaction Control Mode, Control the lights each other without a DMX controller: Press and hold colour temperature adjusting knob for around 2 seconds, the upper left corner of LCD shows "CH" indicating that the communication control mode currently is interaction control mode. In this mode, set the target lights to the same communication address to work normally, and the master-slave machine is not distinguished. Press and hold the dimmer knob for 2s to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Interaction Control Mode Demonstration: Set the corresponding "CH" address for the PL-E60D which are in the same network to the requirement. Operate any of the CH 001 light, all the other CH 001 lights can be controlled together. Max 512 CH addresses can be set. 11-36V Wide Input Voltage By V-mount/Gold mount battery or 4-pin XLR: PL-E60D supports 11-36V wide-range voltage input, with 4-pin XLR DC socket, and equipped with V-mount or Gold mount plate to power by batteries. (The default battery plate is V-mount.) Key Features: Edge-LED panel with Laser Dots technology 320 SMD LEDs located along the edge of the LED panel Power 1500 lx @ 1 m Consumption 60W Colour temperature: continuously adjustable in the range 2700 - 6500 K Intensity: continuously adjustable in the range 0 - 100%, PWM flicker-free regulation Beam of light: 70 ° CRI Ra 98 TLCI 99 DMX512 protocol, 5p-XLR in / out Remote control even without DMX driver Power supply: V-mount, 4p-XLR (Gold-Mount / Anton-Bauer battery change option) Dimensions: 38.2 x 40.3 x 4.8 cm Weight: 3.1 kg

SWIT PL-E60D 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, Gold Mount, DMX

SWIT PL-E60D 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, Gold Mount, DMX PL E60D PLE60D PL-E60D PL/E60D PL-E60D is specially designed for field portable lighting applications. 320pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame, and with SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E60D can output bright, soft and equally spread light, meanwhile, the light body is slim enough and portable, which is an ideal light source for interview kit and field video productions. The traditional edge mounted LED lights are always not so bright, because half of the light will go to the backside, even if there’s reflection board, there’s still a lot of light lost. SWIT innovative technology is to add laser dots with calculated spaces on the reflection glass, so that the multi angles of edge light will be converged on the laser dots, and output 90° to the front with minimum light lost. Then the slim edge mounted light can also be high brightness. PL-E60D outputs 60W power, feeds 1500Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E60D also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. PL-E60D alternated with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E60 offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lost the object original colours.  The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, and remaining battery indications. PL-E60D supports quick adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K. PL-E60D adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2s to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Press and hold colour temperature adjusting knob for around 2 seconds, the upper left corner of LCD shows "CH" indicating that the communication control mode currently is interaction control mode. In this mode, set the target lights to the same communication address to work normally, and the master slave machine is not distinguished. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2s to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512.   Operate any of the CH 001 light, all the other CH 001 lights can be controlled together, max 512 CH addresses can be set.

SWIT PL-E60D 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, V-Mount, DMX

SWIT PL-E60D 3rd Generation Natural-Born-Soft TLCI-99 60W LED Panel Light, ultra slim, SWIT patent, V-Mount, DMX PL E60D PLE60D PL-E60D PL/E60D 320pcs Edge Mounted LEDs, Super thin, area light, soft and glare less: PL-E60D is specially designed for field portable lighting applications. 320pcs SMD-LEDs are mounted in the inner edge of the light frame, and with SWIT unique 90° light guide technology, PL-E60D can output bright, soft and equally spread light, meanwhile, the light body is slim enough and portable, which is an ideal light source for interview kit and field video productions. Laser Dots  90° Light Guide, High efficiency and super bright: The traditional edge mounted LED lights are always not so bright, because half of the light will go to the backside, even if there’s reflection board, there’s still a lot of light lost. SWIT innovative technology is to add laser dots with calculated spaces on the reflection glass, so that the multi angles of edge light will be converged on the laser dots, and output 90° to the front with minimum light lost. Then the slim edge mounted light can also be high brightness. 1500 Lux @ 1 meter, 0-100% flick-free dimming: PL-E60D outputs 60W power, feeds 1500Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), much brighter than other similar size LED panels. The effective beam angle reaches 70°, bounded by 50% decline. PL-E60D also supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. Bi-colour Temperature, 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable: PL-E60D alternated with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and the output colour temperature can be continuously adjustable between 2700K and 6500K. High Colour Render Index, CRI Ra 98; TLCI 99: CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while PL-E60 offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lost the object original colours. LCD Screen Display, Dimmer / colour / DMX channel, battery info: The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications. DMX512 control, Dimmer and Colour temperature: PL-E60D adopts standard 5-pin DMX in/out port, supports DMX512 protocol, and adjusts dimmer and colour temperature by DMX controller. The dimmer and colour temperature occupy 1 DMX address respectively. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. Quick Adjust Mode, By pressing the adjusting knob: PL-E60D supports quick adjusting brightness and colour temperature: Press the Dimmer knob, it will switch from 1% stepping to 10% stepping, to quick adjust brightness; Press Colour temperature knob, it will switch from 50K stepping to the following commonly used colour temperature selection: 2700K / 3200K / 4500K / 5600K / 6500K. Interaction Control Mode: Control the lights each other without a DMX consoler: Press and hold colour temperature adjusting knob for around 2 seconds, the upper left corner of LCD shows "CH" indicating that the communication control mode currently is interaction control mode. In this mode, set the target lights to the same communication address to work normally, and the master slave machine is not distinguished. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter communication address setting interface, the address setting range is 001 to 512. 11-36V Wide Input Voltage, By V-mount/Gold mount battery or 4-pin XLR: PL-E60D supports 11-36V wide range voltage input, with 4-pin XLR DC socket, and equipped with V-mount or Gold mount plate to power by batteries. (The default battery plate is V-mount.)   Barn Door / Honeycomb, Optional purchase, Easy to assemble: PL-E60D has all-metal housing, and provides the 4-leaf metal barn door and 40° metal honeycomb accessories, easy to assemble. Barn door (Model # LA-HE60) and Honeycomb (Model # LA-GE60) are optional purchased.

SWIT CL-M100D Mini size 3400Lux Panel Light

SWIT CL-M100D | Mini size 3400Lux Panel Light CL-M100D CL-M100D CL-M100D CL-M100D Mini Size 100W LED Panel: CL-M100D is an 100W Bi-colour SMD LED panel light of 1: 1/2 mini size designed, high intensity and fan less, for broadcast studio, live entertainment, theatre, film applications, especially the low celling space setup. 576pcs Surface Mounted LEDs: CL-M100D adopts 576pcs SMD LEDs, featured:  Higher uniformity of illuminance  Wider beam angle Higher colour rendering index  Softer and Brighter  Longer life time an ideal light source for Broadcast studios, green keyer, live streaming etc. 3400 Lux @ 1 meter: CL-M100D provides 100W light output, 3400Lux luminance at 1 meter distance, 62° half-peak wide beam angle, supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. No Fan, No Noise: The large size fin consender inside CL-M100D ensures 100W high bright output within such a small size housing, no fan, no noise, to provide a silent video production environment. 2700K-6500K Continuously Adjustment: CL-M100D consists of 100W of 2700K LED and 100W of 6500K LED, and outputs 100W power at any colour temperature from 2700K to 6500K. CRI 98; TLCI 99: CL-M100D adopts high end surface mounted LEDs with super high Colour Rendering Index (CRI) Ra 98, and Television Lighting Consistency Index (TLCI) 99. Objects will keep their original colours exactly under the light. Control Info Display: The rear LCD screen can display dimmer percentage, colour temperature, DMX address, Group channel (CH), and power indicators. Long press colour temp knob to set DMX address, and long press dimmer knob to switch between DMX consoler mode and Group interactive control mode. 5-pin DMX512 IN & OUT: CL-M100D provides 5-pin XLR DMX512 in & out, and a 5V USB-A port to power the wireless DMX receivers. The DMX address n= dimmer, n+1=colour temp PowerCON TRUE1 AC IN & OUT: CL-M100D adopts PowerCON TRUE1 AC connectors, and supports AC loop output to the next lights, for convenient studio installation. The standard package includes a PowerCON AC cable, and the loop cable PA-LC20 is for optional purchase, 2 meters length, 16A load, will loop more than 25x CL-M100D lights under 220V AC voltage, and 13x CL-M100D lights under 110V voltage.   11-17V DC Input: With optional battery plate clamps and D-tap cable, you can power the CL-M100D light by V-mount or Gold mount batteries via the 4-pin XLR DC in socket.  

SWIT CL-120D 2:1 120W 3700Lux Bi-colour DMX SMD LED Panel Light, with bag

SWIT CL-120D 2:1 120W 3700Lux  Bi-colour DMX SMD LED Panel Light, with bag CL 120D CL120D CL-120D CL/120D SWIT CL-120D 120W 2:1 Bi-Colour SMD LED Panel Light SMD LED Studio Light; Brighter, softer, wider beam angle: CL-120D is a 120W 2:1 Bi-colour SMD LED panel light, with DMX control, high CRI/TLCI and accurate colour performance, for broadcast studio, mobile studio, live streaming studio or interview kit applications. 1800pcs Surface Mounted LEDs CL-120D adopts 1800pcs SMD LEDs, featured; Higher uniformity of illuminance Wider beam angle Higher colour rendering index Softer and Brighter Longer life time, which is an ideal light source for Broadcast studios, green keyer, interview kit, live streaming etc. 3700 Lux @ 1 meter CL-120D outputs 120W power, feeds 3700Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. Wider Beam Angle: The SMD LEDs have wider beam angle comparing to the traditional DIP LED bulbs. It will generate an equally spread area light from centre to edge, instead of a glaring light spot that suddenly declined from centre to edge. The wider angle equally spread light produces a nature light environment in studio. Bi-colour temperature; 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable: CL-120D alternated with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and can be continuously adjusted between 2700K and 6500K, 50K step.  Accurate Colour Render CRI 98; TLCI 99: CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100. The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while CL-120D offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lose the object original colours. DMX512 Control 5pin XLR in and out: DMX address: N= Dimmer; N+1= Colour temp Provides a 5V USB power output socket. You can use SWIT LA-WR8 Pocket Wireless DMX controller and power the wireless DMX adaptor by the on board USB socket. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter DMX address setting from 001 to 512. LCD screen display; Dimmer / colour temp / DMX address: The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications. DC 11-17V Power Supply By V-mount battery or AC-DC adaptor: CL-120D supports 11-17V voltage input, with 4-pin XLR DC socket, and equipped with V-mount or Gold mount plate to power by batteries. (The default battery plate is V-mount.) Optional Honeycomb: CL-120D provides a 45° metal honeycomb plate for optional purchase. The honeycomb can be used together with barndoors. Honeycomb Part number: LA-G120 Key Features: 1800pcs ultra bright long-life LEDs SMD Surface mounted LED technology 65° wide beam angle, equally spread 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable 120W power, 3700Lux @ 1meter 0-100% flick-free dimming Super high CRI 98, TLCI 99 DMX512 controlled colour and dimmer LCD display colour and dimmer value Power by V/Gold mount battery or AC adaptor 4-leaf metal barn doors and Yoke bracket Optional 45° honeycomb  

SWIT CL-60D 3KIT Set of 3 x CL-60D 1:1 60W 2000Lux Bi-color DMX SMD LED Panel Light(V-mount) with tripods and trolley case

SWIT CL-60D 3KIT Set of 3 x CL-60D 1:1 60W 2000Lux Bi-colour DMX SMD LED Panel Light(V-mount) with tripods and trolley case CL 60D CL60D CL-60D CL/60D SMD LED Studio Light: Brighter, softer, wider beam angle, CL-60D is a 60W 1:1 Bi-colour SMD LED panel light, with DMX control, high CRI/TLCI and accurate colour performance, for broadcast studio, mobile studio, live streaming studio or interview kit applications. 2000 Lux at 1 meter: CL-60D outputs 60W power, feeds 2000Lux luminance at 1 meter distance (centre), supports 0 to 100% PWM digital dimming, smoothly and non-flickering. Wider Beam Angle: The SMD LEDs have wider beam angle comparing to the traditional DIP LED bulbs. It will generate an equally spread area light from centre to edge, instead of a glaring light spot that suddenly declined from centre to edge. The wider angle equally spread light produces a nature light environment in studio. Bi-colour temperature, 2700K-6500K continuously adjustable: CL-60D alternated with 2700K and 6500K LEDs, and can be continuously adjusted between 2700K and 6500K, 50K step. Accurate Colour Render: CRI (Colour Rendering Index) is a measure of the ability of a light source to reveal the colours of various objects faithfully in comparison with a natural light source. And TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) is special for the colour reveal ability by camera sensor. Max value 100.The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while CL-60D offers the super high CRI at 98 and TLCI at 99, and will not lose the object original colours. DMX512 Control - 5pin XLR in and out: DMX address: N= Dimmer; N+1= Colour temp Provides a 5V USB power output socket. You can use SWIT LA-WR8 Pocket Wireless DMX controller and power the wireless DMX adaptor by the on board USB socket. Press and hold dimmer knob for 2 seconds to enter DMX address setting from 001 to 512.    LCD screen display Dimmer / colour temp / DMX address: The rear LCD screen can display the current dimmer percentage, colour temperature value, DMX channel and CH channel, and remaining battery indications.

SWIT BL-150E 150W Bowens COB-LED Light, AC

SWIT BL-150E | 150W Bowens COB-LED Light, AC BL 150E BL150E BL-150E BL/150E Bowens COB-LED Light: BL-150E is a Bowens mount 150W COB LED light, with DMX control, high CRI/TLCI, accurate colour performance, and various Bowens accessories for broadcast studio, mobile studio, live streaming studio applications. 27290Lux @1m Ultra Bright: BL-150E adopts ultra bright 150W COB-LED, 5600K daylight only, provides 27290Lux illuminance at 1 meter distance with standard reflector. Accurate Colour Render CRI 97; TLCI 98: The normal LED light has 80-85 CRI or TLCI, while BL-150E offers the super high CRI at 97 and TLCI at 98, and will not shift the object original colours under light. Integrated Control Panel AC Only, DMX IN & OUT: BL-150E has equipped all interfaces on the rear panel of the light, including PowerCON AC input, 5-pin DMX in & out, control buttons and LCD display, light weight and quick installation. Various Bowens Accessories: The BL-150E provides various Bowens mount light shape accessories, including quick setup octagonal soft box, lantern soft box, parabolic dome soft box, and beauty dish, snoot, Fresnel lens etc, for optional purchase. 9x Light Effects: The BL-150E has built-in 9x demo effects, including the commonly used car lights, candles, lightning, flash light effects, for creative productions. Lightning1 Lightning2 Screen Candle Flash Strobe Car light Alarm Breath Smart Phone APP Control IOS and Android: The BL-150E and its series model BL-200, BL-300, can be connected to your smart phone via Bluetooth, and you can rename and group the lights, adjust dimmer, select light effects, and sync the light effect to a music in your device. Key Features: 150W ultra bright 5600K COB-LED 27290Lux @ 1m with reflector CRI Ra 97, TLCI 98 Standard Bowens Mount, various accessories 0-100% flick-free dimming 9 pre-sets light effects with speed adjustment DMX512 5pin XLR input & output LCD display dimmer, light effect and DMX PowerCON AC Power Support IOS/Android APP control  

Manfrotto MAGIC ARM KIT

MAGIC ARM KIT, 143 (MAN-143, MAN_143, MAN/143, MAN 143) Functional and practical, the Magic Arm Kit is an essential part of any photographer’s or content creator’s kit. Made to the highest quality Italian standards, the tough and hard wearing aluminium material makes this all in one solution a highly dependable accessory.Includes (1x) Magic Arm (143N), (1x) Camera/Umbrella Bracket (143BKT), (1x) Super Clamp (035), (1x) Super Clamp.A highlight of this product is its smart centre lever, especially made to lock for all three main movements during your photography and video work. This fast and secure solution gives you assurance that there won't be any unwanted slips or problems when you need to focus on getting that perfect shot.The design of the Magic Arm balances strength with flexibility. Weighing a mere 1.7kg, the Magic Arm can securely hold weights up to 3kg while also extending to a maximum length of 53cm. With reliable features and uncompromised build quality, you can trust this kit to handle the most demanding of photography work.Designed to give you everything you need in one bag, it includes a camera bracket, a super clamp, and a handy backlight base. All in all, this gives you the complete magic photo arm set.Each end of this arm is equipped with a standard-size 16mm spigot which is Anti-Rotation Super Clamp 035 Compatible and features one 1/4” female thread attachment on one side and 3/8” female thread attachment on the other. In addition, the arm is compatible with a whole host of Manfrotto Lighting Accessories such as floor stands, Clamps, Camera Brackets and more. This gives you a fully compatible and functional magic photo arm you may take with you wherever you go. The perfect item of photography equipment to support LED lights, studio lighting and studio equipment, in fact just about anything in or out of the studio needed to be positioned flexibly and securely!

Lastolite Hilite Background 1.5 x 2.15m

Hilite Background 1.5 x 2.15m, LL LB8857 (LL_LB8857, LL-LB8857, LL/LB8857, LB8857) TheHiLite photography backgrounds range allows the photographer to work in a way that was extremely difficult to achieve in the past. With the HiLite the photographer can achieve 'High Key' photography on location and in restrictive spaces.By rear lighting the white photography background itself there is no longer a need to use a background light behind the subject. Furthermore, because the background is actually illuminated it means the subject can stand virtually right in front of it without casting a shadow.The HiLite photo backgrounds also works as a large rear softbox and illuminates the subject as well, meaning you can use just one other flash head to light the subject from the front. What's more, the whole thing is collapsible.

Lastolite Panoramic Background Cover 4m (13’) Granite

Panoramic Background Cover 4m (13’) Granite, LL LB7903 (LL_LB7903, LL-LB7903, LL/LB7903, LB7903) Panoramic Background Granite cover to fit the Panoramic Background Self-supporting framework (framework not included). Strong, easy to attach clips allow the fabric cover to be quickly attached and removed from the framework whilst holding the cover tight enough to remove any creases. The Granite cover offers a stone texture effect with a full range of grey tones and a dark vignette around the edges.Please note: This product is the cover only and does not include the aluminium framework.Other Covers AvailableThe Panoramic Background also has covers available in Black, White, Chromakey Green and Limestone. Limestone is much lighter than the Granite, offering a subtle range of mid to light greys giving the effect of a Limestone surface.Panoramic photography BackgroundThe Panoramic background has quickly become the go to background for busy photographers needing a 4m wide, seamless, crease free, collapsible solution. Built around a three-panel collapsible lightweight aluminium framework, the Panoramic photo Background is completely self-supporting so no need for additional stands and crossbars. Once assembled in a matter of minutes, the seamless cover is simply clipped onto the framework and the stretchable cover fabric ensures a flat crease free surface. Unlike other large seamless background solutions, the Panoramic Background collapses down to an impressive 100cm x 30cm x 35cm size, making it very easy to transport. The Panoramic photography Background is perfect for shooting larger groups, shooting with props or creating the negative space in a photograph that agencies so often request.

Lastolite Hilite Background 1.8 x 2.15m

Hilite Background 1.8 x 2.15m, LL LB8867 (LL-LB8867, LL_LB8867, LL/LB8867, LB8867) TheHiLite photography backgrounds range allows the photographer to work in a way that was extremely difficult to achieve in the past. With the HiLite the photographer can achieve 'High Key' photography on location and in restrictive spaces.By rear lighting the white photography background itself there is no longer a need to use a background light behind the subject. Furthermore, because the background is actually illuminated it means the subject can stand virtually right in front of it without casting a shadow.The HiLite photo backgrounds also works as a large rear softbox and illuminates the subject as well, meaning you can use just one other flash head to light the subject from the front. What's more, the whole thing is collapsible.

Matthews Magic Stand /W Runway Base

Matthews Magic Stand /W Runway Base(999042) This stand is truly magical! With the Runway Base added, the Magic Stand can be a regular rolling light stand. It can be a high rolling light stand, and it can also convert to a two section light boom with its own rolling stand. Its versatility is truly magical, whether a light needs to be placed at floor height, or behind as a hair light, or over a table for a product shot - this stand can do it all! Made with a standard 1-1/8" Junior Pin at the bottom, the Magic Stand riser could be added to the Combo Stand as a very unique stand extension or inverted to hang from a C-Clamp into the set. The top riser incorporates our Magic Finger - a stand that has been copied, but not yet duplicated!

Matthews Monitor Stand II

Matthews Monitor Stand II(249562) Featuring a black chrome finish, the Monitor Stand II from Matthews has a minimum working height of 29" and rises to a maximum height of 75". The stand will support gear weighing up to 70 lb and is easily moved thanks to its 3" casters. The Monitor Stand II also has an adjustable rocky mountain leg to level the stand on uneven terrain.

Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Cover Green

Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Cover Green, MLBG4301CG (MAN-MLBG4301CG, MAN_MLBG4301CG, MAN/MLBG4301CG, MAN MLBG4301CG) The Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Cover Green includes: One clip on Chroma Key Green cover only, (frame and carry case not included).The Chroma Key FX Background is Manfrotto’s all in one portable Chroma Key background solution, tailored to most demanding content creators, videographers and cinematographers working on the move.The cover measures 3.9 x 2.8m (12.7 x 9.1ft), With an impressive workable background surface area of 11.2m² (120.5ft²). The Manfrotto Chroma Key FX background is the largest reusable all in one Chroma Key background kit available. The large surface area makes it ideal for use when shooting wide and low camera angles, as well as moving subjects that would otherwise prove unachievable with a smaller surface. The ability to reuse this kit time and time again make it an invaluable asset with a return on investment after just one or two uses when compared to a non-re-usable build.The Chroma Key fabric features a unique and innovative clip system which allows it to be fastened directly onto the frame quickly and easily, creating a smooth and seamless background designed to key out effortlessly. Alternative Green and Blue fabric covers are available separately to provide an alternative keying surface dependant on the scenario or subject, making this invaluable kit adaptable and versatile in many different shoot situations.Available in green and blue. Individual covers are available separately for users who may want to switch between Chroma Key Green and Blue.

Manfrotto Befree GT Carbon Alpha

BEFREE GT CARBON ALPHA, MKBFRTC4GTA-BH (MKBFRTC4GTA/BH, MKBFRTC4GTA_BH, MKBFRTC4GTA BH, MKBFRTC4GTA) Manfrotto’s Befree GT carbon α professional travel tripod and ball head kit is a special version of the Befree GT Carbon dedicated to all Sony α camera users who want maximum performance and stability in all shooting positions.The plate is designed to match Sony α7 and Sony α9 camera bodies*, to ensure perfect grip, even in the most angled camera shots. The front jut of the plate physically blocks the camera, preventing any play both on tilt and rotational movements, always keeping the camera stuck to the head plate. The result is impressive camera stability, which takes image sharpness to the highest level. The plate is also fully compatible with the world’s most widespread standard head attachments: Manfrotto RC2 and Arca-swiss style. With this aluminium plate fixed to the camera, all Manfrotto heads and almost all tripod heads on the market featuring Arca-style attachments can be set up rapidly and effortlessly, without disassembling components.Befree GT carbon α is dedicated to professional photographers who need superior performance in the most lightweight format. It’s the most professionally advanced solution in Manfrotto’s wide range of Travel Tripods. It is the perfect combination of portability - only 43cm/16.93in when folded - and impressive stability, ensuring flawless and effortless operation even with a 10kg/22.03lbs equipment load. Its ergonomic design makes operating the Manfrotto Befree GT Befree GT carbon α comfortable, fast and secure, enabling even the most demanding photographers to set their equipment up quickly and easily, so their focus stays on catching the perfect shot. The spider is developed to ensure maximum stability on all types of terrain, including the most uneven ones, always keeping the camera completely steady and ready to capture the sharpest images. The spider featured on this innovative model also has an Easy Link, just like Manfrotto’s professional 190 & 055 tripods, allowing photographers to enhance their creativity by adding accessories that make their images unique and unforgettable. If you like, adding lights or reflectors, you can now capture amazing outdoor shots that were previously only achievable with heavy accessorised tripods.It features the M-lock, the new twist lock developed by Manfrotto to satisfy anyone looking for a fast, easy to use, compact solution. Moreover, the M-Lock has no protruding parts and its mechanism closes perfectly around the head, enabling the Befree GT carbon α to slip in and out of its storage pocket effortlessly.Its ergonomic leg-angle selector is designed to be used smoothly by both right and left-handed photographers, enabling everyone to change shooting perspectives intuitively and to find the right tripod setting without losing focus on the shot they want.The Befree GT carbon α can easily be set to three independent leg angle positions, guaranteeing full shooting versatility for all the creative ideas that can emerge outdoors.This tripod is kitted out with Manfrotto’s advanced 496 aluminium Centre ball head (MH496-BH) , a portable yet powerful and intuitive head that allows smooth and precise camera movement. This advanced ball head combines practicality with high performance and features three independent controls that give it the versatility to suit any environment. A main ergonomic knob manages the sphere lock, an integrated friction control knob adjusts the ball tension so that equipment weight is always perfectly balanced and shots framed effortlessly; an independent panoramic knob keeps the horizon flat and moves the camera horizontally, enabling astonishing landscape shots. Framing on the 496 is easier and opens limitless options, so you can pursue any angle you can think of.The head mounts a unique plate that makes it fully compatible with the world’s most widespread standard head attachments: Manfrotto RC2 and Arca-swiss style. With this aluminium plate fixed to the camera, all Manfrotto heads and almost all tripod heads on the market featuring Arca-swiss style attachments can be set up rapidly and effortlessly, with no need for disassembling components.The Befree GT carbon α is the best professional travel tripod for all photographers who want maximum performance both from their tripod and, above all, from their α cameras from Sony. This sturdy yet lightweight travel tripod is the optimal combination of solidity, portability, easy set up and operation. It is built to allow photographers to express their individuality and achieve the most daring and exceptional shots using their camera with the confidence of being supported by a professional solution that will never let them down. * All details of camera’s compatibility are available in the Download section.

Manfrotto Triaut Camera Trpd Blk

TRIAUT CAMERA TRPD BLK, 058B (MAN-058B, MAN_058B, MAN 058B, MAN/058B) The versatile, practical and reliable studio tripod. you can't go wrong with the 058B Triaut Camera Tripod. This is a stand built for any situation and any terrain, for serious professionals. Giving you all the scope and control you need to create beautiful pictures regardless of the environment, this stand really is a must-have for any photographer. And it’s made to top quality standards in Italy, so you can be sure it'll stand the test of time.This dynamic studio tripod has plenty of noteworthy features, starting with it's clever automatic leg release system. This allows you to either release one leg to tweak your position, or all three at the same time, so you can work fast and smart. It also has a spirit level built in, for even greater control and speed, meaning you can simply adjust to the precise angle with a glance. And it has built-in telescopic struts, easily activated by a quick release plate. This addition enables you to quickly capture a whole variety of perspectives without any fuss or excess fiddling.Versatile and user-friendly, this stand is ideal for both indoor and outdoor shoots. This is partly helped by it's mid-level spreader and rubber feet with retractable spikes, meaning you can stay completely steady, even on rough terrain. It’s portable too, with it's very own, comfortable carrying strap included. That way, you can move from shoot to shoot without any inconvenience. Simply unstack, hook it over you shoulder, and you're good to go.

Manfrotto Pro Scrim All In One Kit Med

Pro Scrim All In One Kit Med, MLLC1201K (MAN-MLLC1201K, MAN_MLLC1201K, MAN MLLC1201K, MAN/MLLC1201K) The Manfrotto Pro Scrim All In One Kit 1.1x2m Medium includes: 1x lightweight frame, 3x textile covers; (black, double-sided silver/white bounce and 1.25 stop diffuser), 2x grip heads, 2x ears and carry case.The Pro Scrim All In One includes all of the essential components required for creative image makers to take control of their lighting set up by bouncing, diffusing and flagging the light source. They allow the user to master their set up using one compact and easily transportable kit, ideal for demanding professionals who wants to keep their creative options open, whilst remaining as lightweight and portable as possible when working on the move.The kit effortlessly folds down into its own rigid carry case with an impressive compact folded size of just 102 x 24 x 19cm (40.1 x 9.4 x 7.4in) making it extremely transportable.Set up time of this game changing kit takes just minutes thanks to the rapid assembly lightweight aluminium frame featuring an internal elastic cord, ensuring all the framework stays together. The innovative clip on textile covers are another huge time saver, as it allows them to be fastened directly onto the frame quickly and easily. Changing to an alternative textile cover couldn’t be easier, just unclip the attached cover with ease and then attach another straight onto the frame, no time consuming bungee corded assembly required. In addition, the rigid cases zip up internal compartment and Velcro straps keep everything securely in place ready for the next shoot.Another fantastic feature of this kit is the durable cine style ears, fasten them on either side of the frame and then drop them into the chrome steel grip heads. The frame can then be positioned exactly where it is needed when fastened to any pair of sturdy light stands with a 16mm (5/8”) spigot.These extremely versatile light control kits are sure to capture the imagination of today’s creative imagemakers. Their compact form factor, super-fast set up time and innovative design makes it easier than ever to carry essential lighting tools for a range of lighting situations, opening a whole host of creative opportunities.Available in four different sizes; Small 1.1m x 1.1m (3.6 x 3.6ft), Medium 1.1m x 2m (3.6 x 6.5ft), Large 2m x 2m (6.5 x 6.5ft) and Extra Large 2.9m x 2.9m (9.5ft)

Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Green

Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Green, MLBG4301KG (MAN-MLBG4301KG, MAN/MLBG4301KG, MAN MLBG4301KG, MAN-MLBG4301KG, 4301KG) The Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Kit Green includes: Three ultra-fast assembly aluminium frames, one clip on Chroma Key Green cover, four hinge clips, two tensioning bars and one soft carrying bag.The Chroma Key FX Background is Manfrotto’s all in one portable Chroma Key background solution, tailored to most demanding content creators, videographers and cinematographers working on the move.With an impressive overall set up size of 4m (13’1”) wide and 2.9m (9.5’) tall and a workable background surface area of 11.2m² (120.5ft²) (Chroma key fabric cover measures 3.9 x 2.8m (12.7 x 9.1ft), the Manfrotto Chroma Key FX background is the largest reusable all in one Chroma Key background kit available. The large surface area makes it ideal for use when shooting wide and low camera angles, as well as moving subjects that would otherwise prove unachievable with a smaller surface. The ability to reuse this kit time and time again make this kit an invaluable asset with a return on investment after just one or two uses when compared to a non-re-usable build. This portable background kit quickly and effortlessly packs down into a convenient carry bag with a surprisingly compact folded size of just 103cm x 30cm (40.5” x 11.8”) and weighing only 9.8kg (21.6lb) the Chroma Key FX Background is extremely transportable and ideal for working on location.Made up of three rigid but lightweight aluminium framed sections coupled together with four hinge clips, the Chroma Key FX Background can stand up independently by folding in the outer frames to create a wraparound effect or can be leant against a wall to utilise the full width of the system.The frames benefit from an elastic cord running through it which ensures ultra-fast assembly of the frame and prevents any components being misplaced when the kit is packed away. The two included tensioning bars ensure the background is pulled taut and virtually crease free for more accurate keying and reduced post-production time. The entire background kit can be ready to go in just ten minutes meaning users can spend less time building and instead focus on the shoot at hand.The included Chroma Key fabric features a unique and innovative clip system which allows it to be fastened directly onto the frame quickly and easily, creating a smooth and seamless background designed to key out effortlessly. Alternative Green and Blue fabric covers are available separately to provide an alternative keying surface dependant on the scenario or subject, making this invaluable kit adaptable and versatile in many different shoot situations.Available in green and blue. Individual covers are available separately for users who may want to switch between Chroma Key Green and Blue.

Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Blue

Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Blue, MLBG4301KB (MAN-MLBG4301KB, MAN/MLBG4301KB, MAN_MLBG4301KB, 4301KB) The Manfrotto Chroma Key FX Background Kit Blue includes: Three ultra-fast assembly aluminium frames, one clip on Chroma Key Blue cover, four hinge clips, two tensioning bars and one soft carrying bag.The Chroma Key FX Background is Manfrotto’s all in one portable Chroma Key background solution, tailored to most demanding content creators, videographers and cinematographers working on the move.With an impressive overall set up size of 4m (13’1”) wide and 2.9m (9.5’) tall and a workable background surface area of 11.2m² (120.5ft²) (Chroma key fabric cover measures 3.9 x 2.8m (12.7 x 9.1ft), the Manfrotto Chroma Key FX background is the largest reusable all in one Chroma Key background kit available. The large surface area makes it ideal for use when shooting wide and low camera angles, as well as moving subjects that would otherwise prove unachievable with a smaller surface. The ability to reuse this kit time and time again make this kit an invaluable asset with a return on investment after just one or two uses when compared to a non-re-usable build. This portable background kit quickly and effortlessly packs down into a convenient carry bag with a surprisingly compact folded size of just 103cm x 30cm (40.5” x 11.8”) and weighing only 9.8kg (21.6lb) the Chroma Key FX Background is extremely transportable and ideal for working on location.Made up of three rigid but lightweight aluminium framed sections coupled together with four hinge clips, the Chroma Key FX Background can stand up independently by folding in the outer frames to create a wraparound effect or can be leant against a wall to utilise the full width of the system.The frames benefit from an elastic cord running through it which ensures ultra-fast assembly of the frame and prevents any components being misplaced when the kit is packed away. The two included tensioning bars ensure the background is pulled taut and virtually crease free for more accurate keying and reduced post-production time. The entire background kit can be ready to go in just ten minutes meaning users can spend less time building and instead focus on the shoot at hand.The included Chroma Key fabric features a unique and innovative clip system which allows it to be fastened directly onto the frame quickly and easily, creating a smooth and seamless background designed to key out effortlessly. Alternative Green and Blue fabric covers are available separately to provide an alternative keying surface dependant on the scenario or subject, making this invaluable kit adaptable and versatile in many different shoot situations.Available in green and blue. Individual covers are available separately for users who may want to switch between Chroma Key Green and Blue.

Manfrotto Pro Scrim All In One Kit Large

Pro Scrim All In One Kit Large, MLLC2201K (MAN-MLLC2201K, MAN/MLLC2201K, MAN_MLLC2201K, MAN MLLC2201K) The Manfrotto Pro Scrim All In One Kit 2x2m Large includes: 1x lightweight frame, 3x textile covers; (black, double-sided silver/white bounce and 1.25 stop diffuser), 2x grip heads, 2x ears and carry case.   The Pro Scrim All In One includes all of the essential components required for creative image makers to take control of their lighting set up by bouncing, diffusing and flagging the light source. They allow the user to master their set up using one compact and easily transportable kit, ideal for demanding professionals who wants to keep their creative options open, whilst remaining as lightweight and portable as possible when working on the move.   The kit effortlessly folds down into its own rigid carry case with an impressive compact folded size of just 102 x 24 x 19cm (40.1 x 9.4 x 7.4in) making it extremely transportable.   Set up time of this game changing kit takes just minutes thanks to the rapid assembly lightweight aluminium frame featuring an internal elastic cord, ensuring all the framework stays together. The innovative clip on textile covers are another huge time saver, as it allows them to be fastened directly onto the frame quickly and easily. Changing to an alternative textile cover couldn’t be easier, just unclip the attached cover with ease and then attach another straight onto the frame, no time consuming bungee corded assembly required. In addition, the rigid cases zip up internal compartment and Velcro straps keep everything securely in place ready for the next shoot.   Another fantastic feature of this kit is the durable cine style ears, fasten them on either side of the frame and then drop them into the chrome steel grip heads. The frame can then be positioned exactly where it is needed when fastened to any pair of sturdy light stands with a 16mm (5/8”) spigot.   These extremely versatile light control kits are sure to capture the imagination of today’s creative imagemakers. Their compact form factor, super-fast set up time and innovative design makes it easier than ever to carry essential lighting tools for a range of lighting situations, opening a whole host of creative opportunities.   Available in four different sizes; Small 1.1m x 1.1m (3.6 x 3.6ft), Medium 1.1m x 2m (3.6 x 6.5ft), Large 2m x 2m (6.5 x 6.5ft) and Extra Large 2.9m x 2.9m (9.5ft)

Manfrotto Pro Scrim All In One Kit XL

Pro Scrim All In One Kit XL, MLLC3301K (MAN-MLLC3301K, MAN MLLC3301K, MAN_MLLC3301K, MAN/MLLC3301K, 3301K) The Manfrotto Pro Scrim All In One Kit 2.9x2.9m Extra Large includes: 1x lightweight frame, 2x textile covers; (black and 1.25 stop diffuser), 2x grip heads, 2x ears and carry case.   The Pro Scrim All In One includes all of the essential components required for creative image makers to take control of their lighting set up by diffusing and flagging the light source. They allow the user to master their set up using one compact and easily transportable kit, ideal for demanding professionals who wants to keep their creative options open, whilst remaining as lightweight and portable as possible when working on the move.   The kit effortlessly folds down into its own rigid carry case with an impressive compact folded size of just 102 x 24 x 19cm (40.1 x 9.4 x 7.4in) making it extremely transportable.   Set up time of this game changing kit takes just minutes thanks to the rapid assembly lightweight aluminium frame featuring an internal elastic cord, ensuring all the framework stays together. The innovative clip on textile covers are another huge time saver, as it allows them to be fastened directly onto the frame quickly and easily. Changing to an alternative textile cover couldn’t be easier, just unclip the attached cover with ease and then attach another straight onto the frame, no time consuming bungee corded assembly required. In addition, the rigid cases zip up internal compartment and Velcro straps keep everything securely in place ready for the next shoot.   Another fantastic feature of this kit is the durable cine style ears, fasten them on either side of the frame and then drop them into the chrome steel grip heads. The frame can then be positioned exactly where it is needed when fastened to any pair of sturdy light stands with a 16mm (5/8”) spigot.   These extremely versatile light control kits are sure to capture the imagination of today’s creative imagemakers. Their compact form factor, super-fast set up time and innovative design makes it easier than ever to carry essential lighting tools for a range of lighting situations, opening a whole host of creative opportunities.   Available in four different sizes; Small 1.1m x 1.1m (3.6 x 3.6ft), Medium 1.1m x 2m (3.6 x 6.5ft), Large 2m x 2m (6.5 x 6.5ft) and Extra Large 2.9m x 2.9m (9.5ft)

Matthews Mathews slider stand

Mathews slider stand(MD_249561, MD/249561, MD 249561, 249561) The Slider Stand comes standard with two rocky mountain legs for easy levelling on hills, mountainsides, rocky environments, stairs and most other uneven terrain. As a comparison, the Slider Stand minimum working height measures one foot (30cm) lower than the standard low boy combo, giving the camera operator a POV range from hip to eye level.

Matthews Kit Stand- Light/Heavy Duty Triple Riser (Black)

Matthews Kit Stand- Light/Heavy Duty Triple Riser (Black)(MD_B387490, MD/B387490, MD B387490, B387490) For a lightweight Kit stand this larger version provides a little extra support, height and stability compared to the average – built to Matthews high standards an excellent addition if you need a little extra! Designed primarily for use in lighting kits, these stands are compact and light weight, ideal for assembling custom lighting kits or replacing your current stands. Matthews Revenger Stands employ a 'brake shoe' system for locking off the riser tubes as opposed to 'pinch castings', therefore permitting the use of heavier fixtures. Matthews Studio Equipment is the original “Hollywood” grip supplier to the film and video industries they are well known for innovation, durability and build quality

Matthews Kit Stand - Light/Heavy Double Riser -Black

Matthews Kit Stand - Light/Heavy Double Riser -Black(MD_B387487, MD/B387487, MD B387487, B387487) This lightweight Kit stand is an excellent medium to heavy sized stand with good support, height and stability – built to Matthews high standards! Designed primarily for use in lighting kits, these stands are compact and light weight, ideal for assembling custom lighting kits or replacing your current stands. Matthews Revenger Stands employ a 'brake shoe' system for locking off the riser tubes as opposed to 'pinch castings', therefore permitting the use of heavier fixtures. Matthews Studio Equipment is the original “Hollywood” grip supplier to the film and video industries they are well known for innovation, durability and build quality.

Manfrotto D650 Junior Boom Arm with Counterweight

Manfrotto D650 (MAN-D650, MAN/D650, MAN_D650, MAND650, d650) Junior Boom Arm with Counterweight Boom arms allow you to position your lights to reach the most difficult positions. This junior boom arm can support a payload up to 40kg and extends up to 3m. It also includes a strong steel counterweight for smooth operation and stability.

Shape SH-FX9BR Camera Cage Baseplate with Handle for Sony FX9

Shape SH-FX9BR (SH/FX9BR, SH_FX9BR, SHFX9BR, SH FX9BR, sh-fx9br, FX9BR) Camera Cage Baseplate with Handle for Sony FX9 Designed for your FX9 camera, this SHAPE Camera Cage Baseplate with Handle provides you with a formfitting half cage with top plate, a 15mm rod system, baseplate with shoulder pad, and a left-side handle with SHAPE's easy-to-use push-button release system. This system helps protect your camera from the rigors of production while providing improved ergonomics for hand-holding, tripod use, and accessory mounting. The cage features an ARRI rosette on the side, which makes an ideal attachment point for the included left-side articulating handgrip. The handgrip features SHAPE's proprietary push-button release system that allows you to adjust the position of the handgrip with the press of your thumb. You can also mount the left-side handgrip to the included baseplate, which incorporates 15mm rod clamps, a V-lock plate for tripod mounting, and a gel shoulder pad.

Manfrotto B7043CS-1 Strato Safe Stand 3 Riser w/Braked Wheels

Manfrotto B7043CS-1 (MAN-B7043CS-1, MAN/B7043CS/1, MAN_B7043CS_1, MANB7043CS1, b7043cs-1) Strato Safe Stand 3 Riser w/Braked Wheels The Avenger B7043CS-1 Flat Jumper Strato Safe Stand 43 is built in chrome steel and gravity cast aluminum, comprising of 3 risers and 4 sections. This stand surpasses industry requirements for safe operation and is part of the Strato Safe family that can lift heavy loads up to 70kg/154lbs. Each section uses a uniquely designed gear box that uses a ratchet crank handle to safely raise each riser into place. The ratchet crank handle can conveniently be stored to the top casting of the stand and is always available when needed. Braked rubber wheels are sold with this stand and allow for easy moving in studio and other smooth and semi-smooth surfaces. This stand comes with a 087WBK wind brace kit for extra securing of the load when required. Other wheel options are available if required. (B9000P). Avenger works hard to develop and certify gear for different markets! The B7043CS-1 along with being TÜV rated is also CE certified and has a CE declaration. Don't settle for copies that try to emulate this TÜV and CE certified stand.

Manfrotto B150P-1 Strato Safe Stand 4 Riser

Manfrotto B150P-1 (B150P/1, B150P_1, B150P1, B150P 1, b150p-1) Strato Safe Stand 4 Riser The Avenger B150P-1 Strato Safe Crank Up Stand is a beast of a stand with exceptional performance and uses rubber filled wheels (B9000P) for better movement over different types of terrain. This stand has a humorous industry nickname and it is used commonly by grips and gaffers worldwide. It is built in Chrome Steel and Gravity Cast aluminium, comprising of 4 Risers and 5 sections. This stand surpasses industry requirements for safe operation and is part of the Strato Safe family that can lift heavy loads up to 220lbs./100kg. Each section uses a uniquely designed gear box that uses a ratchet crank handle to safely raise each riser into place. The ratchet crank handle can conveniently be stored to the top casting of the stand and is always available when needed. Hard Rubber braked wheels are sold with this stand and allow for easy moving in studio and across many different surfaces. This stand comes with a 087WBK wind brace kit for extra securing of the load when required. Avenger works hard to develop and certify gear for different markets! The B150P-1 along with being TÜV rated is also CE certified and has a CE declaration. Don't settle for copies that try to emulate this TÜV and CE certified stand.

Manfrotto A9000NB Wheel Set with Brakes (Black)

Manfrotto A9000NB (MAN-A9000NB, MAN/A9000NB, MAN_A9000NB, MANA9000NB, man_a9000nb) Wheel Set with Brakes (Black) This set of 3 braked wheels are Ø:100mm and are ideal for 20 x 20 and 25 x 25mm square legs to accessorise stands.

Manfrotto A9000N Wheel Set with Brakes (Silver)

Manfrotto A9000N (MAN-A9000N, MAN/A9000N, MAN_A9000N, MANA9000N, man_a9000n) Wheel Set with Brakes (Silver) This set of 3 braked wheels are Ø:100mm and are ideal for 20 x 20 and 25 x 25mm square legs to accessorise stands.

Manfrotto A5043 Roller Stand 43 with Low Base

Manfrotto A5043 (MAN-A5043, MAN/A5043, MAN_A5043, MANA5043, man_a5043) Roller Stand 43 with Low Base This Avenger roller stand with 4 sections and 3 risers features steel legs and column, and risers in aluminium. It can support a payload up to 12kg and can reach a maximum height of 4.30m. It features wheels for easy transportation and a low base for extra stability.

Manfrotto A5033 Roller Stand 33 with Folding Base

Manfrotto A5033 (MAN-A5033, MAN/A5033, MAN_A5033, MANA5033, man_a5033) Roller Stand 33 with Folding Base This Avenger roller stand with 4 sections and 3 risers features steel legs and column, and risers in aluminium. It can support a payload up to 12kg and it can reach a maximum height of 3.30m. It features wheels for easy transportation and its legs fold up for better storage.

Manfrotto A5029 Roller Stand 29 with Low Base

Manfrotto A5029 (MAN-A5029, MAN/A5029, MAN_A5029, MANA5029, man_a5029) Roller Stand 29 with Low Base This Avenger roller stand with 3 sections and 2 risers features steel legs and column, and risers in aluminium. It can support a payload up to 12kg and can reach a maximum height of 2.90m. It features wheels for easy transportation and a low base for extra stability.

Manfrotto A4041B Boom Stand 41 Aluminium Black

Manfrotto A4041B (MAN-A4041B, MAN/A4041B, MAN_A4041B, MANA4041B, man_a4041b) Boom Stand 41 Aluminium Black The Avenger boom stand 41 is a black aluminium stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. The stand is supplied with a sandbag counterweight(empty) for maximum stability. It can support a maximum payload of 10kg and can reach a maximum height of 4.13m. It also features 1 levelling leg for easy use on uneven surfaces.

Manfrotto A4039CS Boom Stand 39 Steel

Manfrotto A4039CS (MAN-A4039CS, MAN/A4039CS, MAN_A4039CS, MANA4039CS, man_a4039cs) Boom Stand 39 Steel The Avenger boom stand 39 is a steel stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. The stand is supplied with a sandbag counterweight (empty) for maximum stability. It can support a maximum payload of 12kg and can reach a maximum height of 3.92m. It also features 1 levelling leg for easy use on uneven surfaces.

Manfrotto A3056CS Overhead Steel Stand 56 Steel with Wide Base

Manfrotto A3056CS (MAN-A3056CS, MAN/A3056CS, MAN_A3056CS, MANA3056CS, man_a3056cs) Overhead Steel Stand 56 Steel with Wide Base The overhead stands have been designed with a built-in grip head for supporting poles, tubes and overhead frames. This chrome steel stand has 4 sections and 3 risers. It features 1 levelling leg so you can even use the stand on rough terrain. It's also compatible with braked wheels A9000N. This stand can support a maximum payload of 40kg and can reach a maximum height of 5.57m.

Manfrotto A3042CS Overhead Stand 42 Steel

Manfrotto A3042CS (MAN-A3042CS, MAN/A3042CS, MAN_A3042CS, MANA3042CS, man_a3042cs) Overhead Stand 42 Steel These overhead stands have been designed with a built-in grip head to use supporting poles, tubes and overhead frames. This chrome steel stand has 4 sections and 3 risers. It can support a maximum payload of 40kg and can reach a maximum height of 4.23m.

Manfrotto A2033LKIT C-Stand Kit 33 With Sliding Leg

Manfrotto A2033LKIT (MAN-A2033LKIT, MAN/A2033LKIT, MAN_A2033LKIT, MANA2033LKIT, man_a2033lkit) C-Stand Kit 33 With Sliding Leg This kit includes a turtle base chrome plated steel stand (code A2033L) with 3 sections and 2 risers. It also includes D200grip head and D520 40'' (124cm) extension arm that provides extended grip point for scrim, flags and small lights. It features one sliding leg to keep the stand steady on uneven surfaces. This stand has a maximum payload of 10kg and maximum height of 3.28m.

Manfrotto A2025LCB C-Stand 25 With Sliding Leg

Manfrotto A2025LCB (MAN-A2025LCB, MAN/A2025LCB, MAN_A2025LCB, MANA2025LCB, man_a2025lcb) C-Stand 25 With Sliding Leg Turtle base chrome plated steel stand in black finish with 3 sections and 2 risers. Legs folds flat for easy storage. This stand has a maximum payload of 10kg and maximum height of 3.28m. It features one sliding leg for easy use on uneven surfaces. The stand is also available in chrome plated steel.

Manfrotto A2018FCB C-Stand 18 Black Finish Version

Manfrotto A2018FCB (MAN-A2018FCB, MAN/A2018FCB, MAN_A2018FCB, MANA2018FCB, man_a2018fcb) C-Stand 18 Black Finish Version Turtle base chrome plated steel stand in black with 3 sections and 2 risers. Legs fold flat for easy storage. This stand has a maximum payload of 8kg and maximum height of 1.75m. The stand is also available in chrome plated steel. Legs fold flat for easy storage.

Manfrotto A2016DCB C-Stand 16 with Detachable Base Black

Manfrotto A2016DCB (MAN-A2016DCB, MAN/A2016DCB, MAN_A2016DCB, MANA2016DCB, man_a2016dcb) C-Stand 16 with Detachable Base Black Turtle base chrome plated steel stand in black with 3 sections and 2 risers. The base is detachable allowing easy transport. This stand has a maximum payload of 10kg and maximum height of 1.55m. The stand is also available in chrome plated steel.

Manfrotto A1045B Combo Aluminium Stand 45 Black

Manfrotto A1045B (MAN-A1045B, MAN/A1045B, MAN_A1045B, MANA1045B, man_a1045b) Combo Aluminium Stand 45 Black Avenger Combo Stand 45 is a black aluminium stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. It's a heavy duty stand that can support a payload up to 30kg and can reach a maximum height of 4.50m. It is compatible with A900NB braked wheels which are sold separately. It features a 5/8'' (16mm) male stud top attachment and a 1''1/8 (28mm) female receiver. It also features 1 levelling leg to keep the stand steady on uneven surfaces.

Manfrotto A1035B Combo Aluminium Stand 35 Black

Manfrotto A1035B (MAN-A1035B, MAN/A1035B, MAN_A1035B, MANA1035B, man_a1035b) Combo Aluminium Stand 35 Black Avenger Combo Stand 35 is a black aluminium stand with 3 sections and 2 risers. It's a heavy duty stand that can support a payload up to 30kg and can reach a maximum height of 3.50m. It is compatible with A900NB braked wheels which are sold separately. It has a 5/8'' (16mm) male stud top attachment and a 1''1/8 (28mm) female receiver. It also features 1 levelling leg to keep the stand steady on uneven surfaces.

Manfrotto A1010CS Combo Stand 10 Steel

Manfrotto A1010CS (MAN-A1010CS, MAN/A1010CS, MAN_A1010CS, MANA1010CS, man_a1010cs) Combo Stand 10 Steel Avenger Combo Stand 10 is a chrome steel stand with 2 sections and 1 riser. It's a heavy duty stand that can support a payload up to 30kg and can reach a maximum height of 1m. It has a 5/8'' (16mm) male stud top attachment and a 1''1/8 (28mm) female receiver. It also features 1 levelling leg to keep the stand steady on uneven surfaces.

Manfrotto A0045B Baby Stand 45 Aluminium Black

Manfrotto A0045B (MAN-A0045B, MAN/A0045B, MAN_A0045B, MANA0045B, man_a0045b) Baby Stand 45 Aluminium Black This is a black aluminium stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. The stand can hold a maximum payload of 10kg and can reach a maximum height of 4.50m. The stand has 1 levelling leg so you can easily use it on uneven surfaces. It also features a 5/8'' (16mm) top attachment.

Manfrotto A0040CS Baby Stand 40 Steel

Manfrotto A0040CS (MAN-A0040CS, MAN/A0040CS, MAN_A0040CS, MANA0040CS, man_a0040cs) Baby Stand 40 Steel This is a chrome plated steel stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. The stand can hold a maximum payload of 9kg and can reach a maximum height of 4m. The stand features 1 levelling leg for easy operation on uneven surfaces. It also features a 5/8'' (16mm) top attachment.

Manfrotto A0040B Baby Stand 40 Aluminium Black

Manfrotto A0040B (MAN-A0040B, MAN/A0040B, MAN_A0040B, MANA0040B, man_a0040b) Baby Stand 40 Aluminium Black This is a black aluminium stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. The stand can hold a maximum payload of 9kg and can reach a maximum height of 4m. The stand has 1 levelling leg so you can easily use it on uneven surfaces. It also features a top attachment of 5/8'' (16mm).

Manfrotto A0030CS Steel Baby Stand 300cm

Manfrotto A0030CS (MAN-A0030CS, MAN/A0030CS, MAN_A0030CS, MANA0030CS, man_a0030cs) Steel Baby Stand 300cm This is a chrome plated steel stand with 4 sections and 3 risers. The stand can hold a maximum payload of 10kg and can reach a maximum height of 3m. The stand has 1 levelling leg for easy use on uneven surfaces. It features a 5/8'' (16mm) top attachment.

Manfrotto A0017 Avenger Baby Stand 17

Manfrotto A0017 (MAN-A0017, MAN/A0017, MAN_A0017, MANA0017, man_A0017) Avenger Baby Stand 17 This stand features steel legs and aluminium risers and is available in silver only. The stand has 3 sections and 2 risers, can support a maximum payload of 4kg and can reach a maximum height of 1.75m. It has 1 levelling leg so you can use it on uneven surfaces. It also features a 5/8'' (16mm) top attachment.

Manfrotto A0010 Avenger Baby Stand 10

Manfrotto A0010 (MAN-A0010, MAN/A0010, MAN_A0010, MANA0010, man_a0010) Avenger Baby Stand 10 This stand features steel legs and aluminium risers and is available in silver only. The stand has 3 sections and 2 risers, can support a maximum payload of 15kg and can reach a maximum height of 1m. It has 1 levelling leg so you can use it on uneven surfaces. It also features a 5/8'' (16mm) top attachment.

Manfrotto 432-3-7B Black Autopole 2 2.1-3.7m

Manfrotto 432-3-7B (432/3/7B, 432_3_7B, 43237B, 432-3.7B, 432-3,7B) Black Autopole 2 2.1-3.7m The hardworking autopole for big or small spaces. The Autopole 2 is ideal for creating backgrounds whatever space you have to work with. Because it extends from between 210cms and 370 cms, it can be adjusted to fit the area, whether that’s in the studio or on location. This ingenious and flexible system means you can create super-professional results every time, without any hassle. Aside from being nifty and functional, this autopole is made to last. It’s crafted from durable aluminium, and painted black for a stylish finish. This means that it’s strong enough to support what you need on the day, while being lightweight enough to pack away and carry to the next stop easily. Not only that, it has a smart cantilever system, enabling you to get everything into place with a few swift movements. To keep things extra secure, there’s an integrated safety lock, so when you're set up there’s no chance of slipping or wobbling. This helps the autopole to carry heavier loads with ease. Plus, rubber cups at each end give you a totally firm footing, regardless of the ground you're on, so you can be extra sure that you're completely stable.

Manfrotto 432-3-7 Autopole 2 2.1-3.7m

Manfrotto 432-3-7 (432/3/7, 432_3_7, 43237, 432-3.7, 432-3,7) Autopole 2 2.1-3.7m This 82.7-145.7" Manfrotto Deluxe Silver Single Autopole 2 was designed to serve the needs of image makers, decorators, and set designers. The brushed aluminum pole mounts between the floor and ceiling of a studio, or between any two flat, fixed surfaces and is secured with a large, spring-lock handle. A rubber foot at each end prevents abrasion damage. Extensions are available to accommodate higher ceilings or changes in the user's requirements. Accessories for the Autopole 2 include super clamps, hooks, grip arms, and background support systems. A spring-loaded tip combined with rubber suction cups on top and bottom provide greater security. Floor-to-ceiling or wall-to-wall, this Autopole provides strong vertical or horizontal support for lighting.

Manfrotto 420NSB Combi Boom Stand Black

Manfrotto 420NSB (420-NSB, 420/NSB, 420_NSB, 420 NSB, 420nsb) Combi Boom Stand Black Light up your studio shoots like never before. This Aluminium Light Stand is perfect for portrait and product photographers due to its highly manoeuvrable, lightweight design, which allows you to set it up and pack it away quickly. This boom stand is ideal for smaller studios, where photographers have more limited framing and shooting options. Its height ranges from 1.1 to 2.1 metres so you can use it for an extensive range of shoots. By not having to use multiple stands, you can minimise your costs and maximise space. Better still, you can easily fit this portable stand in your kitbag without all the weight and bulk of a sandbag. Intuitively designed with a sturdy aluminium build, this boom stand allows you to improve background and overhead lighting so you can shoot more precisely. It's particularly well suited to light or medium lighting equipment, and acts as a boom stand when used with a sandbag.This product does not include the sandbag.

Manfrotto 420CSU Combi-Boom Stand HD

Manfrotto 420CSU (420-CSU, 420/CSU, 420_CSU, 420 CSU, 420csu) Combi-Boom Stand HD Light up each and every shoot to perfection. This fantastic Combi-Boom Stand is made for small spaces, so it’s perfectly suited to studio work. Not only that, it’s packed with a whole list of user-friendly features to keep you on track with minimal fuss, and it’s ultra-easy to take with you. A removable base only adds to this clever portability, so you can store this stand or pack it into you bag as needed without fuss. This light stand is perfectly made for studio work, with lockable wheels that allow you to effortlessly move around, and stay steady when you're in position. Not only that, it’s easy to store and take with you from place to place, sliding feet add to it's compact and easy to use capabilities. And it's strong enough to hold several lights at once, making it not only portable, but heavy-lifting too. Giving you a whole world of creative possibilities, this stand has a diameter of 35mm and reaches right up to 392cm, ticking off just the right dimensions for studio work. A smart spring loading arm allows for ultra-precise height modifications too, so you can glide from one position to the next with complete accuracy, and without any wobbles. This stand weighs 5,6kg and holds a maximum payload of 12kg.

Manfrotto 320PX Perspex Panel For Mini Table

Manfrotto 320PX (320-PX, 320/PX, 320_PX, 320 PX, 320px) Perspex Panel For Mini Table The Manfrotto 320PX Plexiglass Panel is a white translucent plexiglass that mounts with touch fastener tape, and may be tilted/bent upward and locked into place, to any angle up to 90°, for totally seamless backgrounds. It is designed to fit the Manfrotto 320 shooting table frame, but may be suitable for your own shooting table frame.

Manfrotto 320PSL Mini Still Life Table without Cover

Manfrotto 320PSL (320-PSL, 320/PSL, 320_PSL, 320 PSL, 320psl) Mini Still Life Table without Cover Smaller version of Still Life Table model 220, but without perspex cover. Size of panel: 150 x 78cm. Distance from floor to flat surface: 70cm. Height with back in vertical position: 157cm. Adjustable tilting back and adjustable front legs.

Manfrotto 320 Mini Still Life Table

Manfrotto 320 (MAN-320, MAN/320, MAN_320, MAN320, MAN 320, man_320) Mini Still Life Table Smaller version of Still Life Table model 220. Size of panel: 150 x 78cm. Distance from floor to flat surface: 70cm. Height with back in vertical position: 157cm. Adjustable tilting back and adjustable front legs.

Manfrotto 299BBASE Small Brake Base Black

Manfrotto 299BBASE (299B-BASE, 299B/BASE, 299B_BASE, 299B BASE, 299bbase) Small Brake Base Black This base can be used for backlights of most sizes. Simply add a century stand column to create your own rolling stand. For leg storage fold up in a small package. Complete with braked wheels and 1 levelling leg.

Manfrotto 299B Baby Studio Stand Black

Manfrotto 299B (299-B, 299/B, 299_B, 299 B, 299b) Baby Studio Stand Black Black steel base, silver anodised aluminium sections, complete with wheels. 3 sections, 2 risers. 1 levelling leg.

Manfrotto 298B 3-Section Aluminium Studio Stand Black

Manfrotto 298B (298-B, 298/B, 298_B, 298 B, 298b) 3-Section Aluminium Studio Stand Black Black steel base, silver anodised aluminium sections, complete with wheels. 3 sections, 2 risers. 1 levelling leg.

Manfrotto 297FBASE Large Foot Base Black

Manfrotto 297FBASE (297F/BASE, 297F_BASE, 297F BASE, 297fbase) Large Foot Base Black Manfrotto Studio Black Large Foot Base with 1 levelling leg, complete with feet.

Manfrotto 297BBASE Large Brake Base Black

Manfrotto 297BBASE (297B-BASE, 297B/BASE, 297B_BASE, 297B BASE, 297bbase) Large Brake Base Black The Mafrotto 297B Wheeled Stand Base is suitable for mounting light or heavy-weighted fixtures close to the floor or ground. It has a Junior (1-1/8") female receptor for larger fixtures, and a Baby (5/8") stud for smaller fixtures. It folds for easy transport and storage.

Manfrotto 220PX Perspex Cover For Still Life Table

Manfrotto 220PX (220-PX, 220/PX, 220_PX, 220 PX, 220px) Perspex Cover For Still Life Table White, translucent perspex cover for back or front lighting. Size of panel: 200 x 122cm.

Manfrotto 220 Still Life Table

Manfrotto 220 (MAN-220, MAN/220, MAN_220, MAN220, man_220) Still Life Table Convenient, versatile, and dependable, this still life table is the perfect companion for studio photographers. Designed for capturing items in single or group shots, this accessory adds a professional touch to your kit. Featuring a translucent Perspex cover, this still life table is easy to light from the back or the front. Adjust the lighting to your desired angle thanks to this innovative add-on. Easy to assemble and disassemble, you can set it up in seconds without the need for tools. When you're done for the day, simply take it apart and tuck it neatly in you studio. It’s compact design ensures that it won't take up space, making it a smart replacement for bulky, handmade tables. The Plexiglas measures 125cm by 79cm, and can quickly be mounted with the included fastener tape. The impressive panel reaches a vertical height of 193cm when the back is in it's vertical position. With a dimension of 200 cm by 122 cm, you'll be able to capture a wide range of items in their best light. Also featuring an adjustable tilting back, you'll be able to make small adjustments with ease. This still life table can also be fitted with wheels for easy manoeuvrability. Make those product shots stand out with this nifty accessory that takes your work to the next level. Designed in Italy with the highest standards of quality, it’s built to last and withstand heavy use.

Manfrotto 146CS Steel High Stand Extension

Manfrotto 146CS (146-CS, 146/CS, 146_CS, 146 CS, 146cs) Steel High Stand Extension This Manfrotto 146CS High Steel Stand Extension attaches to the top of your heavy duty stand and extends its height an additional 53 - 123.6" (1.4 x 3.1 m). It has two locking riser sections. It tops off with a removable #3094 reversible Baby (5/8") stud with 3/8" and 1/4"-20 thread. It also will accept a Junior (1-1/8") stud.

Manfrotto 146B Aluminium High Stand Extension Black

Manfrotto 146B (146-B, 146/B, 146_B, 146 B, 146b) Aluminium High Stand Extension Black This Manfrotto 146B High Aluminum Stand Extension attaches to the top of your heavy duty stand, and extends its height an additional 53 - 123.6" (1.4 x 3.1 m). It has two locking riser sections. It tops off with a removable #3094 reversible Baby (5/8") stud with 3/8" and 1/4"-20 thread. It also will accept a Junior (1-1/8") stud.

Manfrotto 126CSU Heavy Duty Stand

Manfrotto 126CSU (126-CSU, 126/CSU, 126_CSU, 126 CSU, 126csu) Heavy Duty Stand Reliable, heavy-duty, and sturdy, this black Steel Heavy Duty Stand is the perfect choice for professional photographers using high-end equipment. Handle your lighting with ease in the studio or on location with this top-quality pick. Designed to safely support a maximum payload of up to 40kg, this 3-section stand is impressive and features the latest innovations. It's strong, double-braced legs keep your lighting stable, no matter the environment. Simply lock them in place to you designed height, and get to work knowing that the legs won't budge. Featuring a levelling leg for added safety, you can use this stand in rougher environments. With a weight of 8.3kg and added safety features, it won't easily be knocked over by strong winds or unexpected movements. Able to reach a maximum height of 333cm, you'll be able to achieve the shot you're looking for. With a universal head type 14 with a 28mm socket and a 16mm stud, this steel stand is compatible with a wide range of equipment such as 109, 110 and 110G wheel sets.

Manfrotto 126BSUAC Air-Cushioned Heavy Duty Steel Stand, Black

Manfrotto 126BSUAC (126B-SUAC, 126B/SUAC, 126B_SUAC, 126B SUAC, 126bsuac) Air-Cushioned Heavy Duty Steel Stand, Black Lightweight, secure, and dependable, this Air-cushioned Heavy Duty Junior Stand gets the job done with ease. Manufactured in Italy and meeting only the highest quality of design standards, it’s a powerful addition for on-the-go photographers and videographers. Perfect for both indoor and outdoor use, this stand is a must-have piece of equipment for both studio and location-based content creators and image makers. Benefiting from air-cushioning is that it keeps your movements smooth and sure, but you also won't need to worry about damage to your photography equipment or catching your fingers during accidental retraction. In addition to features such as a levelling leg and double-braced legs it provides a solid support, no matter the environment. Rest assured knowing that your equipment is secure thanks to the stands locking features and professional design. The impressive specifications go on to make this stand indispensable for even the most demanding creative professionals moving from location to location. It is capable of safely supporting an impressive payload of up to 40kg, despite it's extremely lightweight design and meaning it provides the stability and quality required without having to compromise on portability. In addition with a closed length of 1.3m and extending to a maximum height of 3.33m it suits a wide range of purposes. With a universal head type 14 with a 28mm socket and 16mm stud, this stand is ideal for an extensive range of equipment. Compatible with wheel sets 109, 110 & 110G.

Manfrotto 111BSU Tall 3-Sections Stand 1 Levelling Leg, Black

Manfrotto 111BSU (111-BSU, 111/BSU, 111_BSU, 111 BSU, 111bsu) Tall 3-Sections Stand 1 Levelling Leg, Black Everything you need for any shoot - the Steel Tall Stand is made for both location and studio shoots, so you can be sure you've got the right stand for the job, regardless of what’s needed on the day. Not only that, it’s made for professionals on-the-go, with a lightweight design that makes it an easy piece of kit to carry around. Other great features include smart double leg bracing, giving you ultimate stability when you're set-up, so you'll never have to worry about your gear slipping at the crucial moment. Despite being light enough to transport without any bother, it’s heavy-lifting too. It can support up to 25kgs, so you really can be sure that this stand is up to the challenge, whatever the shoot demands. To make life even easier, this must-have stand includes universal head type 14 for total adaptability, plus a 28mm socket and a 16mm stud. This gives you everything you need in one neat package. Adding to it's portability, it can be folded away when not in use too, thanks to a 3-section design plus 2 risers, while a levelling leg enables you to get a firm footing, whatever the terrain.

Manfrotto 1005BAC-3 Aluminium Ranker Air-Cushioned Light Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack, Black

Manfrotto 1005BAC-3 (1005BAC/3, 1005BAC_3, 1005BAC3, 1005BAC 3, 1005bac-3) Aluminium Ranker Air-Cushioned Light Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack, Black The 3-Pack Ranker Stand includes three of the Ranker Lighting Stand which are super easy to use, making them the ideal choice for any professional looking to support equipment such as Studio Lighting, LED lights and a large array of studio equipment and photography accessories in the studio or on location. Top features include Manfrotto’s own Quick Stack System, clever air cushioning and a durable aluminium design. This makes it both lightweight and strong. Plus, it’s incredibly easy to transport and store thanks to an ingenious collapsible system which provides a slim profile when folded. Thanks to its aluminium frame, this light stand can hold up to an impressive 10kg, making it perfect even for heavier loads. The great benefit of the air cushioning is that it keeps your movements smooth and sure, but you also won't need to worry about damage to your photography equipment or catching your fingers during accidental retraction. Manfrotto’s Quick Stack System allows for multiple stands of the same type to be neatly and securely clipped together for storage in the studio and for transportation when working on location, supporting your creativity by ensuring your lighting support is always on hand and you can be set up within moments. This stand features a 16mm (5/8”) upright and 90 degree angled female socket and includes a 16mm removable and reversible spigot with a 1/4” and 3/8” thread, so pairing it up with any accessory you need is quick and simple. Plus, has an extra wide 106cm footprint, giving you all the stability you need, even on tricky terrain.

Manfrotto 098SHB Black Short Wall Boom

Manfrotto 098SHB (098-SHB, 098/SHB, 098_SHB, 098 SHB, 098shb) Black Short Wall Boom Unlike the Auto Boom, which may be attached to a wall or a stand, this Manfrotto 098SHB Short Wall Boom arm must be attached to a wall. It has a black finish, and includes a double ended stud for mounting a fixture.

Manfrotto 098B Black Wall Boom

Manfrotto 098B (MAN-098B, MAN/098B, MAN_098B, MAN098B, man_098B) Black Wall Boom Wall mounted boom arm. 2 section (diameter 35, 29mm). Rotation: 160 degrees vertically and 180 degrees horizontally. 4,5kg load at maximum extension (210cm). Minimum extension: 120cm.

Manfrotto 070CSU Follow Spot Stand

Manfrotto 070CSU (070-CSU, 070/CSU, 070_CSU, 070 CSU, 070csu) Follow Spot Stand Heavy-duty, reliable and strong enough for heavy gear. The Follow Spot Stand ticks all the right boxes if you're looking for a professional standard stand that gives you the flexibility to move around easily. It’s made from hardwearing materials, with chrome plated steel legs for additional strength, and to Italy’s world-class quality standards, so you can trust this stand to last, even in the busiest studio. The chrome plated steel certainly makes this a stand to be reckoned with in terms of strength, but to add to this, the legs are double braced meaning it is strong enough to support up to 40kg. To add to these great features, this stand also has a levelling leg for super steady shots, even on the roughest ground. It's low height makes it easy for a lighting technician to follow a subject seamlessly and without obstruction. Plus, it comes with a universal head type 14, along with a 28mm socket and a 16mm stud, which makes it compatible with a whole range of photographic devices.

Manfrotto 024B Light Boom Assembly Black

Manfrotto 024B (024-B, 024/B, 024_B, 024 B, 024b) Light Boom Assembly Black This Back Light Boom attaches to the shaft of most lightstands with diameters of 19, 20, 25, 28mm. The top tube diameter: 25mm 3 sections boom arm complete with Pivoting Clamp 124, Counter Weight G-Peso 023, cable clips and locking key. The ful assembled length is 200cm.

Manfrotto 008BU Aluminium 2-Section Stand Black

Manfrotto 008BU (008-BU, 008/BU, 008_BU, 008 BU, 008bu) Aluminium 2-Section Stand Black The adaptable, robust and portable cine stand. Everything you need for any shoot is there with this super-clever Cine Stand. It’s made for both location and studio shoots, so you can be sure you've got the right stand for the job, regardless of what’s needed on the day. Not only that, it’s made for professionals on-the-go, with a lightweight design that makes it an easy piece of kit to carry around. Other great features include smart double leg bracing, giving you ultimate stability when you're set-up, so you'll never have to worry about you gear slipping at the crucial moment. Despite being light enough to transport without any bother, it’s heavy-lifting too. It can support up to 15kgs, so you're really can be sure this stand is up to the challenge, whatever the shoot demands. To make life even easier, this must-have cine stand includes universal head type 14 for total adaptability, plus a 28mm socket and a 16mm stud. This gives you everything you need in one neat package. Adding to it's portability, it can be folded away when not in use too, thanks to a 2-section design plus riser, while a levelling leg enables you to get a firm footing, whatever the terrain.

Manfrotto 007CSU Steel Senior Stand

Manfrotto 007CSU (007-CSU, 007/CSU, 007_CSU, 007 CSU, 007csu) Steel Senior Stand Ergonomically designed for heavy equipment. Our black Steel Senior Stand is for photographers who demand stable lighting wherever they shoot. This stand includes cleverly designed self-lock collars and a 3-section stand that remains firmly locked at the specified height. The strong chrome-plated steel legs include 2 section risers for reaching the desired height. Better still, this stand can handle a payload of up to 20kg, so don't be afraid to use it with some of your heavier lighting gear! Set up the stand in seconds, quickly raise or reduce the height, and level it firmly even on uneven terrain thanks to the sturdy levelling leg (included). Another great feature is the universal head type 14 with a 28mm socket and 16mm stud, which are compatible with a wide range of equipment. Compose your photos in your unique style and never let anything get in the way of that perfect shot. Compatible wheel sets: 109, 110, 110G.

Manfrotto 007BUAC Air Cushioned Aluminium Senior Stand, Black

Manfrotto 007BUAC (007-BUAC, 007/BUAC, 007_BUAC, 007 BUAC, 007buac) Air Cushioned Aluminium Senior Stand, Black Heavy-duty, dependable, and portable, the Black Air Cushioned Senior Stand is ideal for on-the-go photographers. Lightweight, yet able to withstand heavy payloads, it gets the job done with great efficiency. Featuring 3 sections with 2 risers, the intuitive self-locking collars ensure that your stand will stay put at you desired height without hassle. Extending to a maximum height of 315cm, it is ideal for capturing a wide range of shots. Weighing a mere 3kg, it is capable of safely supporting a maximum payload of 12 kg, and it folds away to 122cm when closed for easily portability. Set up quickly without catching you gear or fingers thanks to the air-cushioned parts. Extremely easy to raise and to lower, you'll be able to smoothly adjust the stand’s height without any fuss. This stand includes a universal head type 14 with a 28mm socket with a 16mm for added versatility. It also features a levelling leg for stable shooting in a variety of environments. Take it with you and take you practice to the next level. Designed in Italy with the highest standard of quality, this stand was made to withstand the tests of time and function like new throughout it's long lifespan.

Manfrotto 007BSU Black Chrome Plated 3-Section Steel Stand

Manfrotto 007BSU (007-BSU, 007/BSU, 007_BSU, 007 BSU, 007bsu) Black Chrome Plated 3-Section Steel Stand Heavy-duty, dependable, and secure, the Steel Senior Stand is a powerful tool for photographers and videographers using high-end equipment. Designed to withstand the heaviest of payloads, it's the ideal lighting stand for professionals looking to protect their gear and get the job done with efficiency. Featuring 3 sections with 2 risers, the intuitive self-locking collars ensure that you photo stand will stay put at your desired height without hassle. This means that the legs won't lose their grip and slide during shooting, saving you time and energy. Extending to a maximum height of 325cm, it is ideal for capturing a wide range of shots. Weighing 7.3kg and capable of safely supporting an impressive a maximum payload of 20kg, it folds away to 122cm so it can be neatly stored away when not in use. Including a universal head type 14 with a 28mm socket with a 16mm, you can use it with a variety of equipment for great versatility. It also features a levelling leg for stable shooting in a variety of environments. Take it with you and take you practice to the next level. Designed in Italy with the highest standard of quality, this stand was made to withstand the tests of time and function like new throughout it's long lifespan.

Matthews 40" C-Stand W/Sliding Leg, Includes Grip Head & Arm - Black

Matthews Hollywood 40" Double Riser Sliding Leg, w/ Grip Head and Arm — Black, MD-B756040 (MD_B756040, MD/B756040, MD B756040, B756040) One of the most popular models ever! Comes with standard Sliding Leg and Matthews Grip Head & Arm. Available in Black Finish. Universally seen as the best C-Stand, Griphead and Arm in the business due to its superior gripping strength, this product is the first choice of professionals and can be found on film sets all over the world.  Matthews Hollywood Arms are made of Stainless Steel and can come in black finish as well. T-Handles are ergonomically designed to allow for fast, efficient, safe tightening with little effort. Comes with our Hollywood Grip Head attached to one end, the strongest Grip Head in the business, and an additional Grip Head for positioning.  Matthews Studio Equipment is the original “Hollywood” grip supplier to the film and video industries they are well known for innovation, durability and build quality.

Manfrotto MAN-A5034 Roller Stand 34 with Folding Base

Manfrotto MAN-A5034 (MAN/A5034, MAN_A5034, MANA5034, MAN A5034, man-a5034) Roller Stand 34 with Folding Base This Avenger roller stand with 4 sections and 3 risers features steel legs and column, and risers in aluminium. It can support a payload up to 20kg and can reach a maximum height of 3.40m. It features wheels for easy transportation and its legs fold up for better storage.

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LC5887 Chromakey Curtain Reversible Blue/Green

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LC5887 (MAN-LL LC5887, MAN LL LC5887, MANLLLC5887, man_ll_lc5887) Chromakey Curtain Reversible Blue/Green Lastolite's Chromakey Curtain 3m x 7m (10' x24'). Chromakey has been used in film and cinema production as a tool to mix two or more images together in all aspects of the art. It is increasingly used in digital photography to cut and paste a subject onto a background. Machine Washable Can be cleaned in a standard washing machine in lukewarm water. Chromakey Industry standard background colour used for keying out subjects against a neutral background during moving image production. Bag Included For easier storage and transport. Stretches To Remove Creases Elasticated fabric removes all creases when stretched.

Manfrotto MAN-1005BAC Ranker Lighting Air Cushioned Aluminium Stand, Black

Manfrotto MAN-1005BAC (MAN_1005BAC, 1005-BAC, 1005BAC, 1005bac) Ranker Lighting Air Cushioned Aluminium Stand, Black Our Ranker Lighting Stand is super easy to use, making it the ideal choice for any professional looking to support equipment such as Studio Lighting, LED lights and a large array of studio equipment and photography accessories in the studio or on location. Top features include Manfrotto’s own Quick Stack System, clever air cushioning and a durable aluminium design. This makes it both lightweight and strong. Plus, it’s incredibly easy to transport and store thanks to an ingenious collapsible system which provides a slim profile when folded. Thanks to its aluminium frame, this light stand can hold up to an impressive 10kg, making it perfect even for heavier loads. The great benefit of the air cushioning is that it keeps your movements smooth and sure, but you also won't need to worry about damage to your photography equipment or catching your fingers during accidental retraction. Manfrotto’s Quick Stack System allows for multiple stands of the same type to be neatly and securely clipped together for storage in the studio and for transportation when working on location, supporting your creativity by ensuring your lighting support is always on hand and you can be set up within moments. This stand features a upright and 90 degree angled female socket and includes a 5/8” removable and reversible spigot with a 1/4” and 3/8” thread, so pairing it up with any accessory you need is quick and simple. Plus, has an extra wide 106cm footprint, giving you all the stability you need, even on tricky terrain.

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LB7943 Panoramic Background 4m Chroma Key Blue

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LB7943 (MAN/LL/LB7943, MAN_LL_LB7943, MAN-LL LB7943, LL LB7943) Panoramic Background 4m Chroma Key Blue The Panoramic is a collapsible 4m (13’) wide, 2.3m (7’5”) high background that folds down neatly into its own carry case and fits easily into a car. Weighing only 9kg (19.8lb) it’s ideal for busy image-makers on the move. The background is completely self-supporting and can be set up in minutes. The structure comprises three individual aluminium framed sections, connected together with a hinge clip to allow the background to be set up flat to lean against a wall or with the side frames folded in to create a wraparound effect. The Chroma Key Blue cover just simply clips to the aluminium frame and creates a taught, seamless surface.

Kino Flo DFS-FS10-S Free Style Mini Snap Bag with 2, Diffusion

Kino Flo DFS-FS10-S (DFS_FS10-S, DFS/FS10-S, DFSFS10-S, DFS FS10-S) Free Style Mini Snap Bag with 2, Diffusion. Designed to soften the output of the fixture's bright LEDs, the Freestyle Mini Snapbag from Kino Flo includes both 1/2 diffusion and full diffusion, and attaches to the Snapbag via touch-fasteners to offer softness options. Its silver reflective interior maximizes output. The Snapbag attaches directly to the Mini without speed rings or adapters.

Kino Flo MTP-BG41S Grip 41K Mount with Baby Receiver Short, 16mm

Kino Flo MTP-BG41S (MTP_BG41S, MTPBG41S, MTP BG41S, MTP/BG41S) Grip 41K Mount with Baby Receiver Short, 16mm. Make your fixture easier to transport and handle with this KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver Short from Kino Flo. Able to work with fixtures featuring Twist-On mating plates, this mount will add a grip handle for easier maneuvering of the light, as well as a wing knob for making quick adjustments and locking the light in position.

Kino Flo SYS-F10U Free Style Mini LED DMX System, Univ

Kino Flo SYS-F10U (SYS_F10U, SYSF10U, SYS F10U, SYS/F10U) Free Style Mini LED DMX System, Univ. The Freestyle Mini LED DMX Universal System from Kino Flo features the FreeStyle Mini LED Fixture and FreeStyle 120 LED DMX Controller. Also included are the KinoGrip K41 Mount with Baby Receiver, 25' Head Extension Cable, US power cable, and a 2-pin Euro power cable. Slim and compact in size, the FreeStyle Mini LED Fixture offers the same Color Science LED technology found in all Kino Flo LEDs. The portable and lightweight fixture can fit easily into tight locations or be handheld with the included KinoGrip 41K Mount, which also allows mounting to accessories and light stands with a 5/8" baby pin. Additionally, the back of the fixture comes with a twist-on removable KinoGrip Center Mount, which can be adapted to work with multiple Kino Flo mounting adapters. The FreeStyle DMX Controller features four individual modes: White, Gels/Hue Color, RGB Color, and FX. The White mode features dimming from 1 to 100% and a tunable range of 2700 to 6500K. In the Gels/Hue Color mode, the range is expanded from 2500 to 9900K. The gel channel also includes Kino Flo presets such as blue and green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor, as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. RGB Color mode gives individual control of red, green, and blue LEDs, and in FX mode you are provided access to popular effects such as candle, fire, TV, police, lightning, paparazzi, pulse, and scroll. Adjustable color temperature from 2500 to 9900K 1 to 100% dimming without color shifts Flicker-free and quiet operation Gel presets include blue and green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor, as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels FX mode for popular effects such as candle, fire, TV, police, lightning, paparazzi, pulse, and scroll Full-range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link 25' Head Extension Cable for versatility in mounting and controlling fixture in hard-to-reach locations Hand or Stand Mountable.

Kino Flo CFX-F21T Free Style GT 21 LED Fixture

Kino Flo CFX-F21T (CFX_F21T, CFXF21T, CFX/F21T, CFX F21T) Free Style GT 21 LED Fixture. The 23.5 x 11.5 x 2.5" FreeStyle/GT 21 LED Panel from Kino Flo is a light source capable of advanced color adjustments and wired or wireless control. The panel comes with a Gaffer Tray instead of the standard shell with barndoors. It mounts onto the back of the removable panel and allows attachment of the KinoGrip center mount and the LED controller to it. The tray offers a slimmer profile without bending the barndoors (of the standard version) back. It can also be screwed to the wall for a completely flat mount. Use of this panel requires separate purchase of a mount, a FreeStyle DMX controller, and a head cable. A 90-degree Louver (grid) is included to narrow the light's wide beam spread. The following description illustrates the capabilities of the panel when used with the optional controller: The FreeStyle/GT 21 uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with the separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 0-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often-used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. Kino Flo FreeStyle 21 LED Panel:  The 23.5 x 11.5 x 2.5" FreeStyle 21 LED Panel from Kino Flo is a light source capable of advanced color adjustments and wired or wireless control. This listing is for the panel only without the fixture shell. It requires the separate purchase of a mount and a FreeStyle DMX controller, and a 100-240 VAC power supply is available for worldwide use. The following description illustrates the capabilities of the panel when used with the optional controller for use: The FreeStyle 21 uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with the separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 0-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often-used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller: Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Lightweight, slim profile Mounts on stand, light enough to be handheld Separately purchased controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable Kino Flo Gaffer Tray for FreeStyle 21 LED Panel The Gaffer Tray for FreeStyle 21 LED Panel from Kino Flo replaces the light's standard barndoor housing and accepts the removable LED panel to create a smaller profile fixture. The Gaffer Tray has a built-in mating plate for attachment of a center mount. The controller can also be mounted to the Gaffer Tray. Kino Flo Louver for Diva-Lite 20 (90°):  The 90° Louver for Diva-Lite 20 from Kino Flo is a plastic honeycomb grid that fits onto the front of the fixture. It narrows the light's beam spread while limiting spill light and adding directional control.

Kino Flo KIT-F21TU Free Style GT 21 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-F21TU (KIT_F21TU, KITF21TU, KIT F21TU, KIT/F21TU) Free Style GT 21 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case. Designed for the image-maker who travels extensively, the FreeStyle/GT 21 LED DMX Kit with Travel Case from Kino Flo contains everything you'll need to get up and running with this versatile fixture that offers complete color adjustment and extensive control features. The kit includes the FreeStyle/GT 21 fixture with LED Controller, a Gaffer Tray, and a 90-Degree Louver (grid) to narrow the fixture's beam for selective lighting. A KinoGrip mount with a 5/8" receiver and a 25' head cable are also included and it all fits in the provided hard, wheeled travel case. Kino Flo FreeStyle 21 LED Panel:  The 23.5 x 11.5 x 2.5" FreeStyle 21 LED Panel from Kino Flo is a light source capable of advanced color adjustments and wired or wireless control. This listing is for the panel only without the fixture shell. It requires the separate purchase of a mount and a FreeStyle DMX controller, and a 100-240 VAC power supply is available for worldwide use. The following description illustrates the capabilities of the panel when used with the optional controller for use: The FreeStyle 21 uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with the separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 0-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often-used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller: Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Lightweight, slim profile Mounts on stand, light enough to be handheld Separately purchased controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable Kino Flo Gaffer Tray for FreeStyle 21 LED Panel: The Gaffer Tray for FreeStyle 21 LED Panel from Kino Flo replaces the light's standard barndoor housing and accepts the removable LED panel to create a smaller profile fixture. The Gaffer Tray has a built-in mating plate for attachment of a center mount. The controller can also be mounted to the Gaffer Tray. Kino Flo Louver for Diva-Lite 20 (90°): The 90° Louver for Diva-Lite 20 from Kino Flo is a plastic honeycomb grid that fits onto the front of the fixture. It narrows the light's beam spread while limiting spill light and adding directional control. Kino Flo LED Controller for Kino Flo Select 20 and 30 Fixtures:  The LED Controller for Kino Flo Select 20 and 30 Fixtures from Kino Flo is a detachable controller for the Select 20 or Select 30 LED heads. The controller can be mounted on the back of the lamp head or used remotely up to 25' away with an optional extension cable. It enables the fixture to produce a consistent light level across the variable 2700 to 6500K color temperature range in the White Menu and 2500 to 9900K in the Color Menu. The White Menu has Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta adjustment channels. The Color Menu gives you access to Gel, Hue Angle and Saturation channels. The Gel channel includes presets such as blue and green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor and over 100 well-known lighting gels. Hue Angle and Saturation channels act like a traditional color wheel with a 360-degree color range and choice of color intensity. The detachable controller has a display screen for menu navigation and information display, as well as physical buttons for navigation and settings. This hard-wired DMX controller is augmented by wireless DMX, which is provided by Lumen Radio. It can accept worldwide AC power and can also be powered by DC via a 3-pin XLR connector. Benefits: Tunable Kelvin 2500K to 9900K in Color Menu Tunable Kelvin 2700K to 6500K in White Menu Dimming without color shift Green/Magenta control Kino Flo presets and Gel presets Dial-in color using Hue angle and Saturation control Universal input 100-240 VAC and 18-36 VDC Manual and DMX dimming with Auto Terminate DMX wireless (Lumen Radio) Flicker-free, dead-quiet operation Kino Flo Diva-Lite LED Clamshell Case for Diva-Lite 21 LED and Stand (Yellow) Store, transport, and protect your Kino Flo Diva-Lite 21 LED and stand with the yellow Diva-Lite LED Clamshell Case from Kino Flo. The case features latches and a top handle. Kino Flo Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System (25'): The 25' Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System from Kino Flo provides extra distance between the Select LED head and its ballast. Up to 2 extensions can be joined for a total of 50'.

Kino Flo CFX-F21 FreeStyle 21 LED Fixture

Kino Flo CFX-F21 (CFX_F21, CFX/F21, CFXF21, CFX F21) FreeStyle 21 LED Fixture. The FreeStyle 21 LED Fixture from Kino Flo is an LED lamp head that is part of a system or kit that includes the required Select 150 LED DMX Controller. The fixture measures 26.5 x 3.5 x 13" w/ 6.0" Barndoors and weighs 11.5 lb - light enough to hand hold. The fixture comes with a 90-degree removable louver (grid). In fact, the LED panel can also be removed from its housing for mounting options. The fixture runs on 100 to 240 VAC current through its optional controller. The FreeStyle 21 requires a head cable and controller (which are available separately) for use. The controller offers an extensive 6-channel array of control features and use options. It has 2 menus for color and a "White Menu" for Dimming, Kelvin Temperature and Green/Magenta adjustments. Using one of the color menus expands the Kelvin range from a warm 2500 to an ice-blue 9900K. The second color menu allows you to work with RGB, a real convenience when employing color wheels or RGB presets. The fourth channel (named the Gel channel) has presets for over 100 well-known temperature-modifying gels including blue/green screen, sodium vapor and mercury vapor. A fifth channel allows for Hue adjustments along a 360-degree range like a color wheel, while the 6th Saturation channel controls the intensity of the chosen color. The required controller has onboard DMX for making adjustments remotely from a console and also is compatible with Lumen Radio wireless DMX. The controller runs on 100 to 240 VAC current for worldwide use. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller: Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue angle and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Full range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX Auto Terminate Remote fixture with built-in barndoors Removable LED panel Fixture includes removable 90° Honeycomb Louver Honeycomb louver also available in 60° as accessory Lightweight, slim profile Light enough to be handheld Separately purchased Controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable.

Kino Flo Interview, FS 21 LED DMX Kit 2-Unit, Univ

Kino Flo KIT-F22U (KITF22U, KIT_F22U, KIT/F22U, KITF22U) Interview, FS 21 LED DMX Kit 2-Unit, Univ. TrueMatch 3.0 transforms Kino Flo LED's into Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll effects simulators with the press of a button. Each special effects mode comes with a choice of FX types. Lightning, for example, has "Storm" and "Frankenstein". The Storm effect is modelled on the rate and amplitude of thunderstorm strikes, and Frankenstein displays brighter, more cinematic light flashes. There is also rate control, and a cue feature using the power button. FreeStyle 21 LED DMX: Kino Flo’s new FreeStyle 41, 31 & 21 LED’s come with The Celeb 250 has four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The newly introduced Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and safe them on the preset buttonsFor additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the new KinoGrip. Kino Flo's new FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). Kino Flo also recently added new SnapBag Softbox and SnapGrid accessories.

Kino Flo FreeStyle 21 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Soft Case

Kino Flo KIT-F21BU (KIT_F21BU, KITF21BU, KIT/F21BU, KIT F21BU) FreeStyle 21 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Soft Case. TrueMatch 3.0 transforms Kino Flo LED's into Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll effects simulators with the press of a button. Each special effects mode comes with a choice of FX types. Lightning, for example, has "Storm" and "Frankenstein". The Storm effect is modelled on the rate and amplitude of thunderstorm strikes, and Frankenstein displays brighter, more cinematic light flashes. There is also rate control, and a cue feature using the power button. FreeStyle 21 LED DMX: Kino Flo’s new FreeStyle 41, 31 & 21 LED’s come with The Celeb 250 has four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The newly introduced Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and safe them on the preset buttonsFor additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the new KinoGrip. Kino Flo's new FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). Kino Flo also recently added new SnapBag Softbox and SnapGrid accessories.

Kino Flo SYS-F21U FreeStyle 21 LED DMX System, Univ

Kino Flo SYS-F21U (SYS/F21U, SYSF21U, SYS_F21U, SYS F21U) FreeStyle 21 LED DMX System, Univ. TrueMatch 3.0 transforms Kino Flo LED's into Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll effects simulators with the press of a button. Each special effects mode comes with a choice of FX types. Lightning, for example, has "Storm" and "Frankenstein". The Storm effect is modelled on the rate and amplitude of thunderstorm strikes, and Frankenstein displays brighter, more cinematic light flashes. There is also rate control, and a cue feature using the power button. FreeStyle 21 LED DMX: Kino Flo’s new FreeStyle 41, 31 & 21 LED’s come with The Celeb 250 has four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The newly introduced Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and safe them on the preset buttonsFor additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the new KinoGrip. Kino Flo's new FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). Kino Flo also recently added new SnapBag Softbox and SnapGrid accessories.

Kino Flo CFX-F31T FreeStyle, GT 31 LED Fixture

Kino Flo CFX-F31T (CFXF31T, CFX/F31T, CFX_F31T, CFX F31T) FreeStyle, GT 31 LED Fixture. The FreeStyle/GT LED Fixture includes a Gaffer Tray and a 90° Louver.  The Louver is held in place with Velcro fasteners.  The LED panel can be removed from the Gaffer Tray by pressing the locking pin and turning the thumbscrew.  The Gaffer Tray has a twist-on mating plate to accept a twist-on mount. The LED panel also has a twist-on mating plate to accept a removable twist-on mount and has molded corners for additional rigging options. The remote Controller can also be attached to the back of the Gaffer Tray with Velcro or operate remotely with an extension cable.

Kino Flo KIT-F31TU FreeStyle, GT 31 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-F31TU (KIT_F31TU, KIT/F31TU, KITF31TU, KIT F31TU) FreeStyle, GT 31 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case. Kino Flo’s FreeStyle 31 LED's come with four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and save them on the preset buttons. For additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the KinoGrip. Kino Flo's FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U).

Kino Flo FreeStyle 31 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Flight Case

Kino Flo KIT-F31U (KIT_F31U, KIT/F31U, KITF31U, KIT F31U) FreeStyle 31 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Flight Case. TrueMatch 3.0 transforms Kino Flo LED's into Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll effects simulators with the press of a button. Each special effects mode comes with a choice of FX types. Lightning, for example, has "Storm" and "Frankenstein". The Storm effect is modelled on the rate and amplitude of thunderstorm strikes, and Frankenstein displays brighter, more cinematic light flashes. There is also rate control, and a cue feature using the power button. FreeStyle 31 LED DMX: Kino Flo’s new FreeStyle 41, 31 & 21 LED’s come with four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The newly introduced Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to their needs and safe them on the preset buttons. For additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the new KinoGrip. Kino Flo's new FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). Kino Flo also recently added new SnapBag Softbox and SnapGrid accessories.

Kino Flo FreeStyle 31 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Soft Case

Kino Flo KIT-F31BU (KIT_F31BU, KITF31BU, KIT F31BU, KIT/F31BU) FreeStyle 31 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Soft Case. TrueMatch 3.0 transforms Kino Flo LED's into Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll effects simulators with the press of a button. Each special effects mode comes with a choice of FX types. Lightning, for example, has "Storm" and "Frankenstein". The Storm effect is modelled on the rate and amplitude of thunderstorm strikes, and Frankenstein displays brighter, more cinematic light flashes. There is also rate control, and a cue feature using the power button. FreeStyle 31 LED DMX: Kino Flo’s new FreeStyle 41, 31 & 21 LED’s come with four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels.The newly introduced Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and safe them on the preset buttons. For additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the new KinoGrip. Kino Flo's new FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). Kino Flo also recently added new SnapBag Softbox and SnapGrid accessories.

Kino Flo SYS-F31U FreeStyle 31 LED DMX System, Univ

Kino Flo SYS-F31U (SYSF31U, SYS_F31U, SYS F31U, SYS/F31U) FreeStyle 31 LED DMX System, Univ. TrueMatch 3.0 transforms Kino Flo LED's into Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll effects simulators with the press of a button. Each special effects mode comes with a choice of FX types. Lightning, for example, has "Storm" and "Frankenstein". The Storm effect is modelled on the rate and amplitude of thunderstorm strikes, and Frankenstein displays brighter, more cinematic light flashes. There is also rate control, and a cue feature using the power button. FreeStyle 31 LED DMX: Kino Flo’s new FreeStyle 41, 31 & 21 LED’s come with four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The newly introduced Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to their needs and safe them on the preset buttons. For additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the new KinoGrip. Kino Flo's new FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). Kino Flo also recently added new SnapBag Softbox and SnapGrid accessories.

Kino Flo DFS-FS40-H FreeStyle 41 Flozier, Half

Kino Flo DFS-FS40-H (DFS_FS40-H, DFS/FS40-H, DFSFS40-H, DFS FS40-H) FreeStyle 41 Flozier, Half. The Flozier Half for FreeStyle 41 LED Light from Kino Flo attaches to the fixture's barndoors and softens the output of the bright LEDs. The Flozier absorbs a 1/2-stop of light.

Kino Flo KIT-F41TU FreeStyle, GT 41 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-F41TU (KIT_F41TU, KIT/F41TU, KIT F41TU, KITF41TU) FreeStyle, GT 41 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case. Kino Flo’s FreeStyle 41 LED's come with four Menu options, the white Menu, the Gel Menu, RGB Menu and the special effect Menu. Those who prefer to work with white light only can use the "white menu" that gives the user access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Menu, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel called Hue Angle and sixth channel, Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the centre, and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range, and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Menu provides individual red, green, blue (RGB) control. The RGB Menu is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. The Special Effects Menu gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition, the user can fine tune these effects to his needs and save them on the preset buttons. For additional versatility, the FreeStyle LED panel can be easily removed from the housing and mounted onto a stand or handheld with the KinoGrip. Kino Flo's FreeStyle LED’s also come with standard DMX and wireless DMX (Lumen Radio®), 24VDC input, and universal voltage input 100-240VAC (0.65 Amps at 230U). 

Kino Flo LED-152X-230U FreeStyle 152 LED DMX Controller, Univ 230U

Kino Flo LED-152X-230U (LED152X-230U, LED 152X-230U, LED/152X-230U, LED_152X-230U) FreeStyle 152 LED DMX Controller, Univ 230U. The White menu features Dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight and Green/Magenta control channels. The Green/Magenta control can be scaled from 0- to 100, where 25 = ¼ correction, 50 = ½ correction and 100 = full correction. In the Gels/Hue menu, the Kelvin range is extended to 2500K Kelvin to 9900K daylight and a fourth channel is called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. The gel function can be applied to any Kelvin temperature and by pushing the control knob in/out, the gel will be applied or removed. A fifth channel called Hue Angle (Hue) and sixth channel Saturation (Sat) are also included in the gel menu. These two channels behave similar to a traditional colour wheel, where white light is in the center and Hue Angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. With the Hue Angle and Saturation it is possible to create over 2 million colour combinations!  The RGB colour menu gives individual control of red, green and blue LED’s. The RGB mode is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. RGB menu is also a great feature to dial in specific gel RGB values or when controlling colours from a DMX desk.  The FX (Effects) menu introduced on June 1, 2018 provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. When on the desired effect, there are several pre-sets as well as control parameters that can be altered. For example, in the Lightning effect there is a “Storm” and “Frankenstein” preset, but it is possible to change Rate to provide additional variation. For FreeStyle LED DMX Mapping, click here. The firmware listed above is loaded onto the FreeStyle LED controller and can operate the Freestyle 31 fixture remotely with a 25ft extension cable or can drive the panel directly when mounted to the back of the fixture. The Freestyle controller (LED-152X), includes standard DMX in/out ports for cable as well as wireless DMX connectivity (Lumen Radio®). The controller features universal AC voltage input 100-240vac (0.65 Amps at 230vac) as well as a 3-Pin XLR for 24vdc operation (6.25A). The FreeStyle 152 LED DMX controller firmware is updatable from a PC using the Mini B USB data port. For the latest True Match Firmware update available.

Kino Flo CFX-F41 FreeStyle 41 LED Fixture

Kino Flo CFX-F41 (CFXF41, CFX_F41, CFX F41, CFX/F41) FreeStyle 41 LED Fixture. The FreeStyle 41 LED Fixture from Kino Flo is an LED lamp head that is part of a system or kit that includes the required Select 150 LED DMX Controller. The fixture measures 52.5 x 9 x 4" w/ 6" Barndoors and weighs 16 lb - light enough to hand hold. The fixture comes with a 90-degree removable louver (grid). In fact, the LED panel can also be removed from its housing for mounting options. The fixture runs on 100 to 240 VAC current through its optional controller. The FreeStyle 41 requires a head cable and controller (which are available separately) for use. The controller offers an extensive 6-channel array of control features and use options. It has 2 menus for color and a "White Menu" for Dimming, Kelvin Temperature and Green/Magenta adjustments. Using one of the color menus expands the Kelvin range from a warm 2500 to an ice-blue 9900K. The second color menu allows you to work with RGB, a real convenience when employing color wheels or RGB presets. The fourth channel (named the Gel channel) has presets for over 100 well-known temperature-modifying gels including blue/green screen, sodium vapor and mercury vapor. A fifth channel allows for Hue adjustments along a 360-degree range like a color wheel, while the 6th Saturation channel controls the intensity of the chosen color. The required controller has onboard DMX for making adjustments remotely from a console and also is compatible with Lumen Radio wireless DMX. The controller runs on 100 to 240 VAC current for worldwide use. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller. Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue angle and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Full range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX Auto Terminate Remote fixture with built-in barndoors Removable LED panel Fixture includes removable 90° Honeycomb Louver Honeycomb louver also available in 60° as accessory Lightweight, slim profile Light enough to be handheld Separately purchased Controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable.

Kino Flo KIT-F41U FreeStyle 41 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-F41U (KIT_F41U, KIT/F41U, KITF41U, KIT F41U) FreeStyle 41 LED DMX Kit, Univ with Travel Case. A complete and portable one-light kit, the FreeStyle 41 LED DMX Kit with Travel Case from Kino Flo contains the versatile FreeStyle 41 LED Fixture, a Select 150 LED DMX Controller, an MTP-BG41 Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver, a 25'-long extension cable, and a hard travel case to protect and store the light when not in use. Kino Flo FreeStyle 41 LED Fixture The FreeStyle 41 LED Fixture from Kino Flo is an LED lamp head that is part of a system or kit that includes the required Select 150 LED DMX Controller. The fixture measures 52.5 x 9 x 4" w/ 6" Barndoors and weighs 16 lb - light enough to hand hold. The fixture comes with a 90-degree removable louver (grid). In fact, the LED panel can also be removed from its housing for mounting options. The fixture runs on 100 to 240 VAC current through its optional controller. The FreeStyle 41 requires a head cable and controller (which are available separately) for use. The controller offers an extensive 6-channel array of control features and use options. It has 2 menus for color and a "White Menu" for Dimming, Kelvin Temperature and Green/Magenta adjustments. Using one of the color menus expands the Kelvin range from a warm 2500 to an ice-blue 9900K. The second color menu allows you to work with RGB, a real convenience when employing color wheels or RGB presets. The fourth channel (named the Gel channel) has presets for over 100 well-known temperature-modifying gels including blue/green screen, sodium vapor and mercury vapor. A fifth channel allows for Hue adjustments along a 360-degree range like a color wheel, while the 6th Saturation channel controls the intensity of the chosen color. The required controller has onboard DMX for making adjustments remotely from a console and also is compatible with Lumen Radio wireless DMX. The controller runs on 100 to 240 VAC current for worldwide use. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue angle and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Full range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX Auto Terminate Remote fixture with built-in barndoors Removable LED panel Fixture includes removable 90° Honeycomb Louver Honeycomb louver also available in 60° as accessory Lightweight, slim profile Light enough to be handheld Separately purchased Controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable Kino Flo LED Controller for Kino Flo Select 20 and 30 Fixtures The LED Controller for Kino Flo Select 20 and 30 Fixtures from Kino Flo is a detachable controller for the Select 20 or Select 30 LED heads. The controller can be mounted on the back of the lamp head or used remotely up to 25' away with an optional extension cable. It enables the fixture to produce a consistent light level across the variable 2700 to 6500K color temperature range in the White Menu and 2500 to 9900K in the Color Menu. The White Menu has Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta adjustment channels. The Color Menu gives you access to Gel, Hue Angle and Saturation channels. The Gel channel includes presets such as blue and green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor and over 100 well-known lighting gels. Hue Angle and Saturation channels act like a traditional color wheel with a 360-degree color range and choice of color intensity. The detachable controller has a display screen for menu navigation and information display, as well as physical buttons for navigation and settings. This hard-wired DMX controller is augmented by wireless DMX, which is provided by Lumen Radio. It can accept worldwide AC power and can also be powered by DC via a 3-pin XLR connector. Benefits Tunable Kelvin 2500K to 9900K in Color Menu Tunable Kelvin 2700K to 6500K in White Menu Dimming without color shift Green/Magenta control Kino Flo presets and Gel presets Dial-in color using Hue angle and Saturation control Universal input 100-240 VAC and 18-36 VDC Manual and DMX dimming with Auto Terminate DMX wireless (Lumen Radio) Flicker-free, dead-quiet operation Kino Flo KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver Make your fixture easier to transport and handle with this KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver from Kino Flo. Able to work with fixtures featuring Twist-On mating plates, this mount will add a grip handle for easier maneuvering of the light, as well as a wing knob for making quick adjustments and locking the light in position. Kino Flo Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System (25') The 25' Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System from Kino Flo provides extra distance between the Select LED head and its ballast. Up to 2 extensions can be joined for a total of 50'. Kino Flo Wheeled FreeStyle/GT 41 Travel Case (Yellow) Store, transport, and protect your Kino Flo FreeStyle/GT 41 LED and stand with the yellow Wheeled Travel Case from Kino Flo. The case features latches, built-in wheels, and a top handle.

Kino Flo SYS-FTS4004 FreeStyle 4ft LED DMX System (4-Tube), Univ

Kino Flo SYS-FTS4004 (SYSFTS4004, SYS_FTS4004, SYS/FTS4004, SYS FTS4004) FreeStyle 4ft LED DMX System (4-Tube), Univ. This FreeStyle 4' LED DMX System Universal from Kino Flo features four 4' LED Tubes and the FreeStyle 120 LED DMX Controller. Also included are four FreeStyle Tube Mounts with baby pins, four 25' extension cables, and a FreeStyle 4-to-1 Splitter. The FreeStyle LED Tubes are designed with a built-in aluminum rail system for multiple mounting options, and the included Tube Mounts allow the tubes to be rigged into custom lighting designs. Kino Flo LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture (4') Specially designed for the fixture, the 4' LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture from Kino Flo conforms to Kino's True Match white light and RGBW management system. It displays a soft, subtle light quality and accurate color rendition that earns it a CRI of 95. When used in the fixture with the reflector in a group of four, the output is similar to a 1000W tungsten soft light. Kino Flo 25' Head Extension Cable for FreeStyle T44 The 25' Head Extension Cable for FreeStyle T44 from Kino Flo allows you to place the light's controller at a greater distance, from the head to hide it or prevent water damage. Kino Flo 4-to-1 Splitter for FreeStyle T44 The 4-to-1 Splitter for FreeStyle T44 Light from Kino Flo has a single connector for the controller that splits into four cables with female connections so that the T44's LED tubes can be attached and run without the shell components. Each of the four connectors can be attached to a 25' extension cable for extra distance from the controller. Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs, (120 VAC Cord) This Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs comes with a power cord for running on 120 VAC while controlling and powering up to four T44 LED tubes. The controller features four modes that provide near total control of the output of the LED tubes (LED tubes not included). In white mode, the unit drives LED tubes output light with a color temperature range between 2700 to 6500K. It also enables dimming and green/magenta adjustment. Gels/Hue expands the color temperature range to 2500 to 9900K while providing access to background keying presets and over 100 lighting gel looks. RGB mode provides access to the individual red, green, and blue LED luminaries for precise control. FX Mode provides customizable presets. The integrated display screen shows dim, Kelvin, green/magenta shift, and the DMX Channel. Four built-in buttons default to four Kelvin presets, but you can customize the settings of the buttons. The built-in control knob lets you set dimming, Kelvin, green/magenta levels and DMX address. The controller supports both wired and wireless DMX, and it accepts worldwide power inputs as well as 18 to 36 VDC. Menus White: dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight; Green/Magenta controls Gels/Hue: extended Kelvin color range from 2500-9900K and provides access to Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels RGB: provides access to individual red, green, and blue control. Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels FX: custom presets like Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse, and Scroll with control parameters that can be altered. For example, Lightning effect has a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but can change the Rate to provide additional variation The controller can dim your LED tubes from 100% brightness down to 1% The controller comes with a Lumen Radio Wireless 120 VAC power cord, but can run off of 100 to 240 VAC at 50/60 Hz. You can also power the controller vie a 24 VDC battery with 3-pin XLR connector.

Kino Flo SYS-FT41U FreeStyle T41 DMX System, Univ

Kino Flo SYS-FT41U (SYSFT41U, SYS_FT41U, SYS FT41U, SYS/FT41U) FreeStyle T41 DMX System, Univ. This FreeStyle T41 DMX System Universal from Kino Flo features the FreeStyle T21 LED fixture and FreeStyle 120 LED DMX controller. It utilizes a single 4' LED tube and also includes the KinoGrip K41 mount with Baby receiver, 25' head extension cable, US power cable, and a 2-pin Euro power cable. Slim and compact, the FreeStyle T41 DMX System offers the same Color Science LED technology found in all Kino Flo LEDs. The portable and lightweight fixture can fit easily into tight locations or be handheld with the included KinoGrip 41K mount, which also allows mounting via its 3/8" pin. Additionally, the back of the fixture comes with a twist-on removable center mount, which can be adapted to work with multiple Kino Flo mounting adapters. The FreeStyle DMX Controller features four individual modes: White, Gels/Hue Color, RGB Color, and FX. The White mode features dimming from 1 to 100% and a tunable range of 2700 to 6500K. In the Gels/Hue Color mode, the range is expanded from 2500 to 9900K. The gel channel also includes Kino Flo presets such as blue and green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor, as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. RGB Color mode gives individual control of red, green, and blue LEDs, and in FX mode you are provided access to popular effects such as candle, fire, TV, police, lightning, paparazzi, pulse, and scroll. Single 4' LED tube in T21 LED Fixture Adjustable color temperature from 2500 to 9900K 1 to 100% dimming without color shifts Flicker-free and quiet operation Gel presets include blue and green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor, as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels FX mode for popular effects such as candle, fire, TV, police, lightning, paparazzi, pulse, and scroll Full-range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link 25' head extension cable for versatility in mounting and controlling fixture in hard-to-reach locations Handgrip with 3/8" pin for stand mounting

Kino Flo SYS-FT42U FreeStyle T42 DMX System, Univ

Kino Flo SYS-FT42U (SYSFT42U, SYS/FT42U, SYS FT42U, SYS_FT42U) FreeStyle T42 DMX System, Univ. Kino Flo® Lighting Systems’ True Match® FreeStyle LED tubes are specially designed for operation in FreeStyle T44 & T24 fixtures for film production or stage design lighting. The FreeStyle LED tubes display Kino Flo’s True Match white light and RGBWW colour management system found in Kino Flo’s LED lighting fixtures. The tubes are 4ft (1.2m) & 2ft (0.6m). On camera, FreeStyle LED tubes photograph with the same softness, the same subtle colour reproduction as Kino Flo’s award-winning T12 high-output lamps. In addition to the >95 photo rendering index, cinematographers will see the difference the 310° LED tube makes when operated in a fixture or out of the fixture as a remote “sabre” of light. Paired with the FreeStyle fixture and light intensifying reflector, the tube projects soft light forward at a 100° beam angle at about the same light levels you’d get from a 1000W tungsten softlight. The White menu features Dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight and Green/Magenta control channels. The Green/Magenta control can be scaled from 0- to 100, where 25 = ¼ correction, 50 = ½ correction and 100 = full correction. In the Gels/Hue menu, the Kelvin range is extended to 2500K Kelvin to 9900K daylight and a fourth channel is called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. The gel function can be applied to any Kelvin temperature and by pushing the control knob in/out, the gel will be appliedor removed. A fifth channel called Hue Angle (Hue) and sixth channel Saturation (Sat) are also included in the gel menu. These two channels behave similar to a traditional colour wheel, where white light is in the center and Hue Angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range and Saturation determines how much colour is applied. With the Hue Angle and Saturation it is possible to create over 2 million colour combinations! The RGB colour menu gives individual control of red, green and blue LED’s. The RGB mode is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels. RGB menu is also a great feature to dial in specific gel RGB values or when controlling colours from a DMX desk. The FX (Effects) menu introduced on June 1, 2018 provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. When on the desired effect, there are several pre-sets as well as control parameters that can be altered. For example, in the Lightning effect there is a “Storm” and “Frankenstein” preset, but it is possible to change Rate to provide additional variation. True Match® 4.0 Firmware update in September 2019 includes groundbreaking features: CIE xy, Camera Profiles LUTs and colour Space selection. The CIE xy determines the colour displayed by its X and Y space coordinates. For example, with a handheld colour meter like the Sekonic C-800, users can obtain a CIE xy reading from any light source and input the CIE xy coordinates into the Kino Flo LED fixture to match colours closely. Camera Profiles LUTs available for the following cinema cameras and more to follow: Panavsion DXL, Sony Venice, Arri Alexa, Panasonic Varicam. Kino Flo’s True Match® 4.0 firmware balances their LED lights to the cameras rather than the other way around. The Kino Flo designed tungsten and daylight LED emitters harmonize with the camera sensors even as the colour temperature settings are adjusted. The colour space defines the RGB colour space (white point and RGB primary colours) as a means of matching colour points between manufacturing. Defining the colour space takes the guesswork out of post-production workflow and colour grading. Included in the 4.0 firmware are: rec 709/sRGB, P3 D65, rec 2020, and ESTA E1.54. The firmware listed above is loaded onto the FreeStyle LED controller and can operate the Freestyle T44 & T24 fixtures remotely with a 25ft extension cable. The Freestyle controller (LED-140X), includes standard DMX in/out ports for cable as well as wireless DMX connectivity (Lumen Radio®). The controller features universal AC voltage input 100-240vac (1.25 Amps at 120vac) as well as a3-Pin XLR for 24vdc operation (6.25A).

Kino Flo KIT-FT44GU FreeStyle T44 Gaffer DMX Kit (2-Unit) Univ

Kino Flo KIT-FT44GU (KITFT44GU, KIT_FT44GU, KIT/FT44GU, KIT_FT44GU) FreeStyle T44 Gaffer DMX Kit (2-Unit) Univ. Kino Flo has put together this FreeStyle T44 Gaffer LED DMX 2-Light Kit with Shipping Case for image-makers who require a flexible, multi-featured setup that can be shipped anywhere in the world. The kit includes two T44 fixtures, each with built-in barndoors, a 60-degree grid, four LED tubes, a mount with a Baby (5/8") receiver, a 25' extension cable, and a 140 LED DMX Controller. It all fits in the provided hard shipping case. Kino Flo FreeStyle T44 LED Fixture The FreeStyle T44 LED Fixture from Kino Flo is an LED lamp head that is part of a system or kit that is powered the separately-purchased, required LED 140X DMX Controller. The fixture measures 52 x 13 x 3.5" w/ 6.5" barndoors and weighs 11 lb - light enough to hand hold. It comes with a 90-degree removable louver (grid). The fixture runs on 100 to 240 VAC current through its optional controller and requires separately purchased LED tubes. The FreeStyle 144 requires a head cable and controller for use. The controller offers an extensive 6-channel array of control features and use options. It has two menus for color and a "White Menu" for Dimming, Kelvin Temperature, and Green/Magenta adjustments. Using one of the color menus expands the Kelvin range from a warm 2500 to an ice-blue 9900K. The second color menu allows you to work with RGB, a real convenience when employing color wheels or RGB presets. The fourth channel (named the Gel channel) has presets for over 100 well-known temperature-modifying gels including blue/green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor. A fifth channel allows for Hue adjustments along a 360-degree range like a color wheel, while the 6th Saturation channel controls the intensity of the chosen color. The controller has onboard DMX for making adjustments remotely from a console and also is compatible with Lumen Radio wireless DMX. The controller runs on 100 to 240 VAC current for worldwide use. But can also run on "block" batteries when mains power is unavailable. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue angle and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Full range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX Auto Terminate Remote fixture with built-in barndoors Removable LED panel Fixture includes removable 90° Honeycomb Louver Honeycomb louver also available in 60° as accessory Lightweight, slim profile Light enough to be handheld Separately purchased Controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable Kino Flo LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture (4') Specially designed for the fixture, the 4' LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture from Kino Flo conforms to Kino's True Match white light and RGBW management system. It displays a soft, subtle light quality and accurate color rendition that earns it a CRI of 95. When used in the fixture with the reflector in a group of four, the output is similar to a 1000W tungsten soft light. Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs, (120 VAC Cord) This Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs comes with a power cord for running on 120 VAC while controlling and powering up to four T44 LED tubes. The controller features four modes that provide near total control of the output of the LED tubes (LED tubes not included). In white mode, the unit drives LED tubes output light with a color temperature range between 2700 to 6500K. It also enables dimming and green/magenta adjustment. Gels/Hue expands the color temperature range to 2500 to 9900K while providing access to background keying presets and over 100 lighting gel looks. RGB mode provides access to the individual red, green, and blue LED luminaries for precise control. FX Mode provides customizable presets. The integrated display screen shows dim, Kelvin, green/magenta shift, and the DMX Channel. Four built-in buttons default to four Kelvin presets, but you can customize the settings of the buttons. The built-in control knob lets you set dimming, Kelvin, green/magenta levels and DMX address. The controller supports both wired and wireless DMX, and it accepts worldwide power inputs as well as 18 to 36 VDC. Menus White: dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight; Green/Magenta controls Gels/Hue: extended Kelvin color range from 2500-9900K and provides access to Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels RGB: provides access to individual red, green, and blue control. Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels FX: custom presets like Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse, and Scroll with control parameters that can be altered. For example, Lightning effect has a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but can change the Rate to provide additional variation The controller can dim your LED tubes from 100% brightness down to 1% The controller comes with a Lumen Radio Wireless 120 VAC power cord, but can run off of 100 to 240 VAC at 50/60 Hz. You can also power the controller vie a 24 VDC battery with 3-pin XLR connector. Kino Flo KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver Make your fixture easier to transport and handle with this KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver from Kino Flo. Able to work with fixtures featuring Twist-On mating plates, this mount will add a grip handle for easier maneuvering of the light, as well as a wing knob for making quick adjustments and locking the light in position. Kino Flo Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System (25') The 25' Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System from Kino Flo provides extra distance between the Select LED head and its ballast. Up to 2 extensions can be joined for a total of 50'. Kino Flo Freestyle T44 Gaffer Ship Case (Black) Store, transport, and protect two FreeStyle T44 LED Systems with the black Freestyle T44 Gaffer Ship Case from Kino Flo. This case is a spare or replacement for the one that came with your FreeStyle T44 LED DMX 2-Unit Kit. The case features recessed spring handles, metal corner protection, built-in wheels, and a recessed latch closure.

Kino Flo KIT-FT44BU FreeStyle T44 LED 1-Light Kit with Soft Case

Kino Flo KIT-FT44BU (KIT FT44BU, KIT/FT44BU, KIT_FT44BU, KITFT44BU) FreeStyle T44 LED 1-Light Kit with Soft Case. Kino Flo has put together this FreeStyle T44 LED 1-Light Kit with Soft Case for image-makers who require a flexible, multi-featured setup that can be taken on the road. The kit includes the T44 fixture with built-in barndoors, a 90-degree grid, four LED tubes, twist mount with a Baby (5/8") receiver, 25' extension cable, and the 140 LED DMX Controller. It all fits in the provided soft case Kino Flo FreeStyle T44 LED Fixture The FreeStyle T44 LED Fixture from Kino Flo is an LED lamp head that is part of a system or kit that is powered the separately-purchased, required LED 140X DMX Controller. The fixture measures 52 x 13 x 3.5" w/ 6.5" barndoors and weighs 11 lb - light enough to hand hold. It comes with a 90-degree removable louver (grid). The fixture runs on 100 to 240 VAC current through its optional controller and requires separately purchased LED tubes. The FreeStyle 144 requires a head cable and controller for use. The controller offers an extensive 6-channel array of control features and use options. It has two menus for color and a "White Menu" for Dimming, Kelvin Temperature, and Green/Magenta adjustments. Using one of the color menus expands the Kelvin range from a warm 2500 to an ice-blue 9900K. The second color menu allows you to work with RGB, a real convenience when employing color wheels or RGB presets. The fourth channel (named the Gel channel) has presets for over 100 well-known temperature-modifying gels including blue/green screen, sodium vapor, and mercury vapor. A fifth channel allows for Hue adjustments along a 360-degree range like a color wheel, while the 6th Saturation channel controls the intensity of the chosen color. The controller has onboard DMX for making adjustments remotely from a console and also is compatible with Lumen Radio wireless DMX. The controller runs on 100 to 240 VAC current for worldwide use. But can also run on "block" batteries when mains power is unavailable. Benefits Using Separately Purchased LED Controller Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/Magenta Control Hue angle and Saturation adjustments RGB control Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low electrical draw Flicker-free, dead quiet operation Full range onboard and DMX dimming DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX Auto Terminate Remote fixture with built-in barndoors Removable LED panel Fixture includes removable 90° Honeycomb Louver Honeycomb louver also available in 60° as accessory Lightweight, slim profile Light enough to be handheld Separately purchased Controller mounts onto fixture or operates remotely with extension cable Kino Flo LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture (4') Specially designed for the fixture, the 4' LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture from Kino Flo conforms to Kino's True Match white light and RGBW management system. It displays a soft, subtle light quality and accurate color rendition that earns it a CRI of 95. When used in the fixture with the reflector in a group of four, the output is similar to a 1000W tungsten soft light. Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs, (120 VAC Cord) This Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs comes with a power cord for running on 120 VAC while controlling and powering up to four T44 LED tubes. The controller features four modes that provide near total control of the output of the LED tubes (LED tubes not included). In white mode, the unit drives LED tubes output light with a color temperature range between 2700 to 6500K. It also enables dimming and green/magenta adjustment. Gels/Hue expands the color temperature range to 2500 to 9900K while providing access to background keying presets and over 100 lighting gel looks. RGB mode provides access to the individual red, green, and blue LED luminaries for precise control. FX Mode provides customizable presets. The integrated display screen shows dim, Kelvin, green/magenta shift, and the DMX Channel. Four built-in buttons default to four Kelvin presets, but you can customize the settings of the buttons. The built-in control knob lets you set dimming, Kelvin, green/magenta levels and DMX address. The controller supports both wired and wireless DMX, and it accepts worldwide power inputs as well as 18 to 36 VDC. Menus White: dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight; Green/Magenta controls Gels/Hue: extended Kelvin color range from 2500-9900K and provides access to Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels RGB: provides access to individual red, green, and blue control. Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels FX: custom presets like Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse, and Scroll with control parameters that can be altered. For example, Lightning effect has a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but can change the Rate to provide additional variation The controller can dim your LED tubes from 100% brightness down to 1% The controller comes with a Lumen Radio Wireless 120 VAC power cord, but can run off of 100 to 240 VAC at 50/60 Hz. You can also power the controller vie a 24 VDC battery with 3-pin XLR connector. Kino Flo KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver Short Make your fixture easier to transport and handle with this KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver Short from Kino Flo. Able to work with fixtures featuring Twist-On mating plates, this mount will add a grip handle for easier maneuvering of the light, as well as a wing knob for making quick adjustments and locking the light in position. Kino Flo Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System (25') The 25' Extension Cable 150 for Select LED System from Kino Flo provides extra distance between the Select LED head and its ballast. Up to 2 extensions can be joined for a total of 50'. Kino Flo BAG-401 (Black) The Kino-Flo BAG-401 (Black) is a nylon fabric soft-sided carry case designed to hold a Kino-Flo 4.0' four bank lighting system. It has a zipper closure and dual carry handles with an overlapping grip. Nylon fabric soft-sided carry bag with zipper closure Carrying straps with overlapping grip Compatible with one Kino-Flo 4.0' four bank system.

Kino Flo MTP-BG41 Grip 41K Mount with Baby Receiver - 16mm

Kino Flo MTP-BG41 (BG41, MTP_BG41, MTP/BG41, MTP-BG41) Grip 41K Mount with Baby Receiver - 16mm Make your fixture easier to transport and handle with this KinoGrip K41 Twist-On Mount with 5/8" Baby Receiver from Kino Flo. Able to work with fixtures featuring Twist-On mating plates, this mount will add a grip handle for easier maneuvering of the light, as well as a wing knob for making quick adjustments and locking the light in position.

Kino Flo FS-48 FreeStyle 4ft LED Tube

Kino Flo FS-48 (FS48, FS_48, FS/48, fs-48) FreeStyle 4ft LED Tube Specially designed for the fixture, the 4' LED Tube for Freestyle T44 Fixture from Kino Flo conforms to Kino's True Match white light and RGBW management system. It displays a soft, subtle light quality and accurate color rendition that earns it a CRI of 95. When used in the fixture with the reflector in a group of four, the output is similar to a 1000W tungsten soft light.

Kino Flo LED-140X-230U FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller, Univ 230U

kino Flo LED-140X-230U (LED140X-230U, LED_140X-230U, LED/140X-230U, LED 140X-230U) FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller, Univ 230U. This Kino Flo FreeStyle 140 LED DMX Controller for FreeStyle T44 Bulbs comes with a power cord for running on 230 VAC while controlling and powering up to four T44 LED tubes. The controller features four modes that provide near total control of the output of the LED tubes (LED tubes not included). In white mode, the unit drives LED tubes output light with a color temperature range between 2700 to 6500K. It also enables dimming and green/magenta adjustment. Gels/Hue expands the color temperature range to 2500 to 9900K while providing access to background keying presets and over 100 lighting gel looks. RGB mode provides access to the individual red, green, and blue LED luminaries for precise control. FX Mode provides customizable presets. The integrated display screen shows dim, Kelvin, green/magenta shift, and the DMX Channel. Four built-in buttons default to four Kelvin presets, but you can customize the settings of the buttons. The built-in control knob lets you set dimming, Kelvin, green/magenta levels and DMX address. The controller supports both wired and wireless DMX, and it accepts worldwide power inputs as well as 18 to 36 VDC. Menus White: dimming, tunable Kelvin range from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight; Green/Magenta controls Gels/Hue: extended Kelvin color range from 2500-9900K and provides access to Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels RGB: provides access to individual red, green, and blue control. Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels FX: custom presets like Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse, and Scroll with control parameters that can be altered. For example, Lightning effect has a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but can change the Rate to provide additional variation The controller can dim your LED tubes from 100% brightness down to 1% The controller comes with a Lumen Radio Wireless 230 VAC power cord, but can run off of 100 to 240 VAC at 50/60 Hz. You can also power the controller vie a 24 VDC battery with 3-pin XLR connector.

Kino Flo Diva-Lite 30 LED DMX Kit Universal with Soft Case

Kino Flo KIT-DL30XBU (DL30XBU, KIT_DL30XBU, KIT/DL30XBU, KITDL30XBU) Diva-Lite 30 LED DMX Kit Universal with Soft Case The Diva-Lite 30 LED DMX Kit Universal with Soft Case from Kino Flo offers the latest LED technology in a slim and popular form factor. The kit comes with a Diva-Lite 30 LED Fixture, 90-degree louver, lollipop 5/8" receiver, and a soft padded case. The light features variable color temperature with DMX control, and the padded case with dual straps protect the light and its components during storage and transport. The Diva-Lite 30 LED offers a high CRI of 95 with variable color temperature control from 2500 to 9900K, and the flicker-free light offers a full dimming range without color shifts. An RGB color menu gives individual control of red, green, and blue LED's, and an FX menu provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. The Diva-Lite 30 offers manual onboard or remote DMX control of all of these functions, and the fixture also has a built-in Lumen Radio receiver for wireless DMX control. The fixture's 100-240 VAC power supply make it ready for worldwide use, and the light has the added benefit of being able to run on pro batteries when mains power is unavailable. Adjustable color temperature from 2500 to 9900K 1 to 100% dimming without color shifts Flicker-free and quiet operation FX mode for popular effects such as candle, fire, TV, police, lightning, paparazzi, pulse, and scroll DMX Wireless Link   Padded case with dual straps protect the light during storage and transport

Kino Flo Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX 2-Light Kit with Flight Case

Kino Flo KIT-DL22XU (DL22XU, KIT_DL22XU, KIT/DL22XU, KITDL22XU) Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX 2-Light Kit with Flight Case The Diva-Lite® LED’s blend Kino Flo’s popular fixture with its tunable LED family line. The Diva-Lite LED lights feature dial-in variable colour temperature control from 2500K to 9900K, full-range dimming, programmable presets and DMX wireless capability. As with the Celeb and Select LED’s, the Diva-Lite LED’s soft white light doesn’t flicker or shift colour temperature when dimmed. Light levels are consistent throughout the Kelvin range. The Diva-Lite LED’s feature a Green/Magenta control to match the spectral curves of the most popular cameras and other light sources on set. With built-in DMX and Lumen Radio® receivers, the Diva-Lite LED’s can be controlled by DMX and/or DMX wireless. The Diva-Lite LED’s run on universal input from 100-240VAC or 24VDC with as little as 0.65A, 230VAC (Diva-Lite LED 30). With its versatility and unique features, the Diva-Lite LED is the perfect imaging tool for use in any studio production or on location. The new firmware upgrade includes four Mode options, the White Mode, the Gel Mode, RGB Mode and the special effect Mode. Users who prefer to work with clean white light can use the ""white Mode"". Tjis Mode will give you access to Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Kelvin range is from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. In the Gel Mode, the Kelvin range travels from 2500K tungsten to 9900K daylight, and Kino Flo has set up a fourth channel called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapour, mercury vapour and over 100 well-known lighting gels. In addition, there is also a fifth channel for Hue Angle control and a sixth channel for Saturation. These two channels behave like a traditional colour wheel, where you have white light in the center and the Hue angle determines the colour along a 360-degree range. Saturation determines how much colour is applied. The second colour Mode provides individual red, green and blue (RGB) control. The RGB Mode is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or colour wheels.The newly introduced Special Effects Mode gives full access to Kino Flo designed effects like Fire, TV, Police, Paparazzi and many more. In addition you can fine tune these effects to your needs and safe them on the preset buttons.

Kino Flo KIT-DL20XU Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX Kit with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-DL20XU (DL20XU, KIT_DL20XU, KIT/DL20XU, KITDL20XU) Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX Kit with Travel Case Kino Flo has put together this Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX Kit with Travel Case for image makers working in the studio or on the road. The kit includes a Diva-Lite 20 DMX RGB fixture with a center mount, built-in barndoors, and a removable louver (grid). A hard, clamshell-type case is also included for storage. Kino Flo Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX The Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX from Kino Flo combines a popular, time-tested form factor with the latest in LED technology. The light offers a high CRI of 95 and variable color temperature from 2700 to 6500K with magenta/green hue control to match the spectral curves on different cameras and other light sources on the set. Flicker-free, full range dimming without color shift is also offered. The 25 x 13 x 6" Diva-Lite 20 offers manual onboard or DMX512 control of all of these functions. In fact, the fixture has a built-in Lumen Radio receiver for wireless DMX control. The Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX's 100-240 VAC make it ready for worldwide use. Alternatively, it can run on pro batteries when mains power is unavailable. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid and a lollipop mount with a 5/8" receiver. Kino Flo Clamshell Case for Diva 20 Fixture and Accessories (Yellow)   Store, protect, and transport your Diva 20 lighting fixture, controller, 25' extension cord, mount, stand, and more with the yellow Clamshell Case for Diva 20 Fixture and Accessories from Kino Flo. The case has a hard shell for impact protection and features latch closure for easy access to gear. Carry the case with the large top handle.

Kino Flo BAG-SL30 Soft Case for Select 30 Fixture and Accessories

Kino Flo BAG-SL30 (SL30, BAGSL30, BAG_SL30, BAG/SL30) Soft Case for Select 30 Fixture and Accessories Store, protect, and transport your Select 30 lighting fixture, controller, 25' extension cord, mount, and more with the black Soft Case for the Select 30 Fixture and Accessories from Kino Flo. The case is padded for impact protection and features zipper closure for easy access to gear. Carry the case with the dual strap handles and touch-fastening fabric connector.

Kino Flo BAG-SL20 Soft Case for Select 20 Fixture and Accessories

Kino Flo BAG-SL20 (SL20, BAGSL20, BAG_SL20, BAG/SL20) Soft Case for Select 20 Fixture and Accessories Store, protect, and transport your Select 20 lighting fixture, controller, 25' extension cord, mount, and more with the black Soft Case for the Select 20 Fixture and Accessories from Kino Flo. The case is padded for impact protection and features zipper closure for easy access to gear. Carry the case with the dual strap handles and touch-fastening fabric connector.

Kino Flo LVR-SL360-P 60° Louver for Select 30 LED Light

Kino Flo LVR-SL360-P (SL360-P, LVR_SL360_P, LVR/SL360/P, LVRSL360P) 60° Louver for Select 30 LED Light The 60° Louver for Select 30 LED Light from Kino Flo gives you directional control while narrowing the beam and containing spill light.

Kino Flo LVR-SL260-P 60° Louver for Select 20 LED Light

Kino Flo LVR-SL260-P (SL260-P, LVR_SL260_P, LVR/SL260/P, LVRSL260P) 60° Louver for Select 20 LED Light The 60° Louver for Select 20 LED Light from Kino Flo gives you directional control while narrowing the beam and containing spill light.

Kino Flo DFS-SL30-H Half Flozier for Select 30 LED Light

Kino Flo DFS-SL30-H (SL30-H, DFS_SL30_H, DFS/SL30/H, DFSSL30H) Half Flozier for Select 30 LED Light The Half Flozier for Select 30 LED Light from Kino Flo fits over the light's barndoors to soften and diffuse its output. The Flozier absorbs 1/2 stop of light.

Kino Flo DFS-SL20-H Half Flozier for Select 20 LED Light

Kino Flo DFS-SL20-H (SL20-H, DFS_SL20_H, DFS/SL20/H, DFSSL20H) Half Flozier for Select 20 LED Light The Half Flozier for Select 20 LED Light from Kino Flo fits over the light's barndoors to soften and diffuse its output. The Flozier absorbs 1/2 stop of light.

Kino Flo DFS-SL20 Half Flozier for Select 20 LED Light

Kino Flo DFS-SL20 (SL20, DFS_SL20, DFS/SL20, DFSSL20) Half Flozier for Select 20 LED Light The Half Flozier for Select 20 LED Light from Kino Flo fits over the light's barndoors to soften and diffuse its output. The Flozier absorbs 1/2 stop of light.

Kino Flo DIV-L20XU Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX

Kino Flo DIV-L20XU (L20XU, DIVL20XU, DIV_L20XU, DIV/L20XU) Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX The Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX from Kino Flo combines a popular, time-tested form factor with the latest in LED technology. The light offers a high CRI of 95 and variable color temperature from 2700 to 6500K with magenta/green hue control to match the spectral curves on different cameras and other light sources on the set. Flicker-free, full range dimming without color shift is also offered. The 25 x 13 x 6" Diva-Lite 20 offers manual onboard or DMX512 control of all of these functions. In fact, the fixture has a built-in Lumen Radio receiver for wireless DMX control. The Diva-Lite LED 20 DMX's 100-240 VAC make it ready for worldwide use. Alternatively, it can run on pro batteries when mains power is unavailable. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid and a lollipop mount with a 5/8" receiver.

Kino Flo Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Center Mount Kit with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-DL31XU (DL31XU, KIT_DL31XU, KIT/DL31XU, KITDL31XU) Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Center Mount Kit with Travel Case Kino Flo has created the Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Center Mount Kit with Travel Case for image-makers who need to take studio quality lighting on the road. The kit includes a variable color Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel with hue, saturation, and RGB control. A 90-degree grid is included to control the beam spread and a hard travel case is provided for storage and transport Kino Flo Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel (Center Mount) Flexibility and comprehensive control options are key to the production of the Center Mount Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel from Kino Flo. The 37.5 x 9.5 x 4.5" panel uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 1-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue Angle and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. The Diva-Lite 31 is ready for worldwide use thanks to its 100-240 VAC power supply. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid to tighten its light beam and limit spill light. A 60-degree grid is available as an option. Both 120U and 230U power cords are included for maximum flexibility. This version of the Diva-Lite 31 has a Center Mount that allows the fixture to spin 360 degrees to produce a wide range of desired angles. Precise Color Control Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/magenta control Hue angle and saturation adjustments RGB control Works with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming (100-1%) Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Control Full range onboard and DMX dimming Built-in DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX auto terminate Efficient Universal Power Supply, Low Draw Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low energy draw Flicker-free, quiet operation Light Modifiers and Construction Fixture includes removable 90° honeycomb louver 60° honeycomb louver also available separately Slim profile Kino Flo Wheeled FreeStyle/GT 31 Travel Case (Yellow)   Store, transport, and protect your Kino Flo FreeStyle/GT 31 LED and stand with the yellow Wheeled Travel Case from Kino Flo. The case features latches, built-in wheels, and a top handle.

Kino Flo KIT-DL21XU Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Center Mount Kit with Travel Case

Kino Flo KIT-DL21XU (DL21XU, KIT_DL21XU, KIT/DL21XU, KITDL21XU) Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Center Mount Kit with Travel Case Kino Flo's newly redesigned Diva-Lite 21 is another addition to the Diva-lite family and continues to be our most popular Interview and small studio fixture. Introduced in April at NAB 2018, its new form factor fits into smaller travel case to save space for location work. It also provides a smaller profile for studios that have low ceilings. A honeycomb Louver (90% or 60%) is held in place with hook and loop fastner and gives direction to the light or easily removed to give broad coverage over the set. For those that like the plastic fixture shell, Diva-Lite 20 is also available. The Diva-Lite 21's "All in One" design includes standard DMX in/out ports for cable as well as wireless DMX connectivity (Lumen Radio) (include registration trademark for Lumen Radio). Additional specifications include universal AC voltage input 100-240vac (1.25 Amps at 120vac) as well as a 3-Pin XLR for 24vdc operation (6.25A). Kino Flo's Diva-lite 21 LED include 4 menu options, one white, two color and FX menu. The White menu features include Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Dimming range is from .02 to 100 percent without introduction any flicker and can be adjusted in coarse or fine mode by pressing the control knob in/out. The Kelvin range is tunable from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. The Green/Magenta control can be scaled from 0 to 100, where 25 = 1/4 correction, 50 = 1/2 correction and 100 = full correction. In the Gels/Hue menu, the Kelvin range is extended to 2500K Kelvin to 9900K daylight and a fourth channel is called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. The gel function can be applied to any Kelvin temperature and by pushing the control knob in/out, the gel will be applied or removed. A fifth channel called Hue Angle (Hue) and sixth channel Saturation (Sat) are also included in the gel menu. These two channels behave similar to a traditional color wheel, where white light is in the center and Hue Angle determines the color along a 360-degree range and Saturation determines how much color is applied. With the Hue Angle and Saturation it is possible to create over 2 million color combinations ! The RGB color menu gives individual control of red, green and blue LED's. The RGB mode is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels. RGB menu is also a great feature to dial in specific gel RGB values or when controlling colors from a DMX desk. The FX (Effects) menu introduced on June 1, 2018 provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. When on the desired effect, there are several pre-sets as well as control parameters that can be altered. For example, in the Lightning effect there is a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but it is possible to change Rate to provide additional variation. Diva-Lite LED Advantages Energy Efficiency The Diva-Lite LED DMX operates on universal AC power or battery power and needs only 1.25A at 120VAC or 6.25A at 24VDC (Diva-Lite 21 LED). The Diva-Lite LED's cost savings from low energy and long LED life continues Kino Flo's reputation as an environmentally friendly lighting company. Long LED Life LED's are well known as being energy efficient, lasting for thousands of hours. While Kino Flo's Diva-Lite LED also has a long LED life, the Diva-Lite LED's unique design will maintain its color-correct color temperature. True Match Color-Correct As with all Kino Flo products, the Diva-Lite LED has been specially formulated to match the spectral distribution curves of today's HD film and video equipment. The Diva-Lite LED has a high color rendering index of CRI 95. Even while dimming, the fixture is flicker-free and without color shift. Heat Management Design For Kino Flo, heat management is a critical design element of fixture design. The physical heat or buildup heat within the LED fixture will directly influence the color temperature, lumen performance and life of an LED. The Diva-Lite LED's unique design operates coolly, consumes very low energy (1.25A, 120VAC) and is properly ventilated to maintain a stable color temperature. A well maintained temperature extends the lumen maintenance, color temperature and life of an LED. Cost Savings Cost savings cover a broad range of concerns: • Lower energy costs • Less heat so lower air conditioning expenses Energy Savings Calculations With the push for reducing fossil fuel consumption, TV studios are looking at cooler more efficient lighting systems to reduce the costs and save energy. Part of this process involves generating energy values to determine savings. One of the most important values is Btu/kWh. Mounting The Center Mount has a ball and socket design with a lock down knob. To orient the fixture, loosen the knob, position the fixture, then lock down the knob. Mounted on a Stand At the other end of the Center Mount is a baby receiver (16mm) that can go directly onto a light stand. Travel Case   The clamshell case (KAS-DL21-C) is recommended for transport in small vehicles or local production trucks. It holds one Diva-Lite 21 LED, a reverse stand and a spare louver.

Kino Flo KAS-DL21-C Diva-Lite LED Clamshell Case

Kino Flo KAS-DL21-C (DL21-C, KASDL21C, KAS_DL21_C, kas-dl21-c) Diva-Lite LED Clamshell Case Store, transport, and protect your Kino Flo Diva-Lite 21 LED and stand with the yellow Diva-Lite LED Clamshell Case from Kino Flo. The case features latches and a top handle.

Kino Flo BRD-D31 Barndoors for Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Light

Kino Flo BRD-D31 (BRD_D31, BRD/D31, BRDD31, brd-d31) Barndoors for Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Light The Barndoors for Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Light from Kino Flo feature a 2-way design. Each barndoor leaf attaches to the long side of the fixture and allows the user to shape the light's beam as the subject requires.

Kino Flo BRD-D21 Barndoors for Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Light

Kino Flo BRD-D21 (BRD_D21, BRD/D21, BRDD21, brd-d21) Barndoors for Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Light The Barndoors for Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Light from Kino Flo feature a 2-way design. Each barndoor leaf attaches to the long side of the fixture and allows the user to shape the light's beam as the subject requires.

Kino Flo LVR-SL390-P Louver for Diva-Lite 30

Kino Flo LVR-SL390-P (SL390-P, LVR_SL390_P, LVR/SL390/P, LVRSL390P) Louver for Diva-Lite 30 The 90° Louver for Diva-Lite 30 from Kino Flo is a plastic honeycomb grid that fits onto the front of the fixture. It narrows the light's beam spread while limiting spill light and adding directional control.

Kino Flo LVR-SL290-P Louver for Diva-Lite 20

Kino Flo LVR-SL290-P (SL290-P, LVR_SL290_P, LVR/SL290/P, LVRSL290P) Louver for Diva-Lite 20 The 90° Louver for Diva-Lite 20 from Kino Flo is a plastic honeycomb grid that fits onto the front of the fixture. It narrows the light's beam spread while limiting spill light and adding directional control.

Kino Flo DIV-L31XYU Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel

Kino Flo DIV-L31XYU (L31XYU, DIVL31XYU, DIV_L31XYU, DIV/L31XYU) Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel Flexibility and comprehensive control options are key to the production of the Yoke Mount Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel from Kino Flo. The 42 x 12 x 4.5" panel uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 1-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue Angle and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. The Diva-Lite 31 is ready for worldwide use thanks to its 100-240 VAC power supply. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid to tighten its light beam and limit spill light. A 60-degree grid is available as an option. Both 120U and 230U power cords are included for maximum flexibility. This version of the Diva-Lite 31 has a Yoke Mount that allows the fixture to be stand mounted or hung overhead. Precise Color Control Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/magenta control Hue angle and saturation adjustments RGB control Works with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming (100-1%) Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Control Full range onboard and DMX dimming Built-in DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX auto terminate Efficient Universal Power Supply, Low Draw Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low energy draw Flicker-free, quiet operation Light Modifiers and Construction Fixture includes removable 90° honeycomb louver 60° honeycomb louver also available separately   Slim profile

Kino Flo DIV-L21XYU Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Panel

Kino Flo DIV-L21XYU (L21XYU, DIVL21XYU, DIV_L21XYU, DIV/L21XYU) Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Panel Flexibility and comprehensive control options are key to the production of the Yoke Mount Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Panel from Kino Flo. The 28.5 x 14.5 x 4.5" panel uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 1-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue Angle and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. The Diva-Lite 21 is ready for worldwide use thanks to its 100-240 VAC power supply. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid to tighten its light beam and limit spill light. A 60-degree grid is available as an option. Both 120U and 230U power cords are included for maximum flexibility. This version of the Diva-Lite 21 has a Yoke Mount that allows the fixture to be stand mounted or hung overhead. Precise Color Control Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/magenta control Hue angle and saturation adjustments RGB control Works with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming (100-1%) Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Control Full range onboard and DMX dimming Built-in DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX auto terminate Efficient Universal Power Supply, Low Draw Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low energy draw Flicker-free, quiet operation Light Modifiers and Construction Fixture includes removable 90° honeycomb louver 60° honeycomb louver also available separately   Slim profile

Kino Flo DIV-L31XCU Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel

Kino Flo DIV-L31XCU (L31XCU, DIVL31XCU, DIV_L31XCU, DIV/L31XCU) Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel Flexibility and comprehensive control options are key to the production of the Center Mount Diva-Lite 31 LED DMX Panel from Kino Flo. The 37.5 x 9.5 x 4.5" panel uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 1-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue Angle and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. The Diva-Lite 31 is ready for worldwide use thanks to its 100-240 VAC power supply. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid to tighten its light beam and limit spill light. A 60-degree grid is available as an option. Both 120U and 230U power cords are included for maximum flexibility. This version of the Diva-Lite 31 has a Center Mount that allows the fixture to spin 360 degrees to produce a wide range of desired angles. Precise Color Control Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/magenta control Hue angle and saturation adjustments RGB control Works with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming (100-1%) Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Control Full range onboard and DMX dimming Built-in DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX auto terminate Efficient Universal Power Supply, Low Draw Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low energy draw Flicker-free, quiet operation Light Modifiers and Construction Fixture includes removable 90° honeycomb louver 60° honeycomb louver also available separately   Slim profile

Kino Flo DIV-L21XCU Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Panel

Kino Flo DIV-L21XCU (L21XCU, DIVL21XCU, DIV_L21XCU, DIV/L21XCU) Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Panel Flexibility and comprehensive control options are key to the production of the Center Mount Diva-Lite 21 LED DMX Panel from Kino Flo. The 23.5 x 11.5 x 4.5" panel uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 1-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue Angle and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. The Diva-Lite 21 is ready for worldwide use thanks to its 100-240 VAC power supply. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid to tighten its light beam and limit spill light. A 60-degree grid is available as an option. Both 120U and 230U power cords are included for maximum flexibility. This version of the Diva-Lite 21 has a Center Mount that allows the fixture to spin 360 degrees to produce a wide range of desired angles. Precise Color Control Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/magenta control Hue angle and saturation adjustments RGB control Works with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming (100-1%) Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Control Full range onboard and DMX dimming Built-in DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX auto terminate Efficient Universal Power Supply, Low Draw Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low energy draw Flicker-free, quiet operation Light Modifiers and Construction Fixture includes removable 90° honeycomb louver 60° honeycomb louver also available separately   Slim profile

Kino Flo LVR-SL460-P Louver/HP for Diva-Lite 41 LED Panel

Kino Flo LVR-SL460-P (SL460-P, LVR_SL460_P, LVR/SL460/P, LVRSL460P) Louver/HP for Diva-Lite 41 LED Panel Constructed from hard plastic (HP), the 60° Louver/HP for Diva-Lite 41 LED Panel from Kino Flo is a modifier that narrows the fixture's beam spread, adds directional control, minimizes spill light, and aids with selective lighting.

Kino Flo LVR-FS440-S SnapGrid for Diva-Lite 41

Kino Flo LVR-FS440-S (FS440-S, LVR_FS440_S, LVR/FS440/S, LVRFS440S) SnapGrid for Diva-Lite 41 The 40-Degree SnapGrid for Diva-Lite 41 LED Panel from Kino Flo is a modifier that narrows the fixture's beam spread, adds directional control, minimizes spill light, and aids selective lighting. The fabric SnapGrid folds down to a fraction of its open size for storage and transport. The SnapGrid must be used with the separately purchased SnapBag softbox.

Kino Flo BRD-D41 Barndoors for Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Light

Kino Flo BRD-D41 (BRD_D41, BRD/D41, BRDD41, brd-d41) Barndoors for Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Light The Barndoors for Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Light from Kino Flo feature a 2-way design. Each barndoor leaf attaches to the long side of the fixture and allows the user to shape the light's beam as the subject requires.

Kino Flo LVR-SL490-P FreeStyle T42 Louver HP, 90°

Kino Flo LVR-SL490-P (LVR SL490-P, LVR_SL490-P, LVR/SL490-P, LVRSL490-P) FreeStyle T42 Louver HP, 90°. Constructed from hard plastic (HP), the 90° Louver/HP for Diva-Lite 41 LED Panel from Kino Flo is a modifier that narrows the fixture's beam spread, adds directional control, minimizes spill light, and aids with selective lighting.

Kino Flo DIV-L41XYU Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Panel

Kino Flo DIV-L41XYU (L41XYU, DIVL41XYU, DIV_L41XYU, DIV/L41XYU) Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Panel Flexibility and comprehensive control options are key to the production of the Yoke Mount Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Panel from Kino Flo. The panel uses three menus with features that can be controlled on the light via traditional wired DMX or by Lumen Radio wireless DMX with separate purchase of a Lumen transmitter. The White menu allows control of 1-100% dimming, color control from 2700-6500K, and Green/Magenta control. There are two Color menus. The first offers an extended color range from 2500-9900K and includes a channel called "Gel" that offers multiple presets for light conditions such as mercury-vapor and 100 often used gel filters. There are also channels for Hue Angle and Saturation that work together by selecting a specific color and determining the intensity of it. The second color menu provides RGB (Red, Green, Blue) control to permit a user-selected combination to obtain any color in the visible spectrum. The Diva-Lite 41 is ready for worldwide use thanks to its 100-240 VAC power supply. The light comes with a 90-degree honeycomb grid to tighten its light beam and limit spill light. A 60-degree grid is available as an option. Both 120U and 230U power cords are included for maximum flexibility. This version of the Diva-Lite 41 has a Yoke Mount that allows the fixture to be stand mounted or hung overhead. Precise Color Control Kelvin presets Dial-in color temperature control between 2700-6500K Extended color palette from 2500-9900K Green/magenta control Hue angle and saturation adjustments RGB control Works with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels Can use preset buttons to store custom Kelvin settings Light levels do not change when selecting Kelvin settings No color shift while dimming (100-1%) Color-correct with high color rendering index (CRI 95) Control Full range onboard and DMX dimming Built-in DMX wireless link (Lumen Radio) DMX auto terminate Efficient Universal Power Supply, Low Draw Universal input 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC Energy efficient, low energy draw Flicker-free, quiet operation Light Modifiers and Construction Fixture includes removable 90° honeycomb louver 60° honeycomb louver also available separately   Slim profile

Kino Flo DIV-L41XCU Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Panel

Kino Flo DIV-L41XCU (L41XCU, DIVL41XCU, DIV_L41XCU, DIV/L41XCU) Diva-Lite 41 LED DMX Panel Kino Flo's Diva-Lite 41 is another addition to the Diva-lite family and continues to be one of our most popular Interview and small studio fixture. Introduced in April at NAB 2018, its new form factor fits into smaller travel case to save space for location work. It also provides a smaller profile for studios that have low ceilings. The Diva-Lite 41 comes as center mount with a carry handle or yoke mount option. Both versions feature four corner bumpers that can be used to hang from rope or wire. A honeycomb Louver (90 Degree or 60 Degree ) is held in place with Velcro and gives direction to the light or can be easily removed to give broad coverage over the set. The Diva-Lite 41's "All in One" design includes standard DMX in/out ports for cable as well as wireless DMX connectivity (Lumen Radio). Additional specifications include universal AC voltage input 100-240vac (1.25 Amps at 120vac) as well as a 3-Pin XLR for 24vdc operation (6.25A). Kino Flo's Diva-lite 41 LED include 4 menu options, one white, two colors and FX menu. The White menu features include Dimming, Kelvin and Green/Magenta control channels. Dimming range is from .02 to 100 percent without introducing any flicker and can be adjusted in coarse or fine mode by pressing the control knob in/out. The Kelvin range is tunable from 2700K tungsten to 6500K daylight. The Green/Magenta control can be scaled from 0 to 100, where 25 = 1/4 correction, 50 = 1/2 correction and 100 = full correction. In the Gels/Hue menu, the Kelvin range is extended to 2500K Kelvin to 9900K daylight and a fourth channel is called Gel. The Gel channel includes Kino Flo presets such as blue & green screen, sodium vapor, mercury vapor as well as over 100 well-known lighting gels. The gel function can be applied to any Kelvin temperature and by pushing the control knob in/out, the gel will be applied or removed. A fifth channel called Hue Angle (Hue) and sixth channel Saturation (Sat) are also included in the gel menu. These two channels behave similar to a traditional color wheel, where white light is in the center and Hue Angle determines the color along a 360-degree range and Saturation determines how much color is applied. With the Hue Angle and Saturation it is possible to create over 2 million color combinations! The RGB color menu gives individual control of red, green and blue LED's. The RGB mode is a great way to work with apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels. RGB menu is also a great feature to dial in specific gel RGB values or when controlling colors from a DMX desk. The FX (Effects) menu introduced on June 1, 2018 provides access to popular effects such as Candle, Fire, TV, Police, Lightning, Paparazzi, Pulse and Scroll. When on the desired effect, there are several pre-sets as well as control parameters that can be altered. For example, in the Lightning effect there is a "Storm" and "Frankenstein" preset, but it is possible to change Rate to provide additional variation. LED Controller - White Mode • Kelvin presets & custom settings, 2700K-6500K • Universal input 100VAC-240VAC or 24VDC • Manual & DMX Dimming w/ Auto Terminate • DMX wireless (Lumen Radio) • Green/Magenta control • Flicker-free, quiet operation Gels/Hue Color Mode In addition to White mode features, Gels/Hue Color mode includes access to: • Extended Kelvin color range 2500K-9900K • Kino Flo presets and Gels • Dial in any color through Hue Angle and Saturation control RGB Color Mode Additional RGB Color mode includes: • Individual Red, Green, Blue (RGB) control • Works with Apps with predetermined RGB presets or color wheels FX (Effects) Mode FX Mode introduced June 1, 2018 includes the following effects: • Candle • Fire • TV • Police • Lightning • Paparazzi • Pulse • Scroll Diva-Lite LED Fixture • Removable Honeycomb Louver • Center Mount Diva-Lite 41 LED Fixture The Diva-Lite LED fixture includes built-in DMX electronics with wireless capability, removable 90 Degree Honeycomb Louver and center mount with baby receiver lollipop. It is also available as a Yoke Mount. It was designed in this manner to allow the greatest flexibility in lighting solutions for challenging situations. The Center Mount Mounting The Center Mount has a ball and socket design with a lock down knob. To orient the fixture, loosen the knob, position the fixture, then lock down the knob. Mounted on a Stand At the other end of the Center Mount is a baby receiver (16mm) that can go directly onto a light stand. The Kino Offset w/ Baby Receiver, MTP-B41F can be used to center the weight and balance of the fixture on a stand.It can also be under slung from a baby stand to use as an up light.

Manfrotto MAN-A4050CS Steel Boom Stand 50 (Chrome-plated)

Manfrotto MAN-A4050CS (MANA4050CS, A4050CS, MAN A4050CS, MAN/A4050CS) Steel Boom Stand 50 (Chrome-plated). The Avenger A4050CS 16.4' Steel Boom Stand 50 is a heavy duty, chrome-plated steel support that can be used traditionally as a light stand, or converted to a boom via a pivot in the first riser. The A4050CS also features a leveling leg for rough or uneven terrain. An optional counterweight is strongly recommended when using the stand in boom mode.

Manfrotto MAN-387XU Super Wind-Up Steel Stand - 12'

Manfrotto MAN-387XU (MAN/387XU, MAN 387XU, 387XU, MAN387XU) Super Wind-Up Steel Stand - 12'. This Manfroto Super Wind-Up Stand has chrome steel double risers which extend simultaneously. Fold away crank handle. This is a 3 section stand -- one of the strongest stands available. To order this stand with braked wheels, order AVB250X.

Manfrotto MAN-032 Single Autopole

Manfrotto MAN-032 (MAN032, MAN 032, MAN/032, 032) Single Autopole. This is a single Manfrotto Autopole. These single action locking cam Autopoles mount between the floor and ceiling of a studio. If the studio ceiling is higher than 12.2' (3.7 m), Autopole bases or Autopole extensions may be ordered separately. Autopoles support backgrounds, lights, and grip arms with the addition of Super Clamps, Hooks, and crossbars. Strong support for backgrounds, lights and grip Brushed aluminum finish 45.4 mm tube diameter.

Manfrotto MAN-B6040X Super Wind-up 40 Stand with Braked Wheels (Stainless/Chrome-plated, 12.6')

Manfrotto MAN-B6040X (MANB6040X, MAN B6040X, MAN/B6040X, B6040X) Super Wind-up 40 Stand with Braked Wheels (Stainless/Chrome-plated, 12.6'). The 12.6' Avenger Super Wind-up 40 Stand with Braked Wheels is a heavy-duty, chrome-plated and stainless steel stand that rises to a maximum height of 12.6' feet. It features a fold-away crank handle (wind-up) and a leveling leg for uneven terrain.

Sony HVL-F60RM.CE7 High-speed flash

Sony HVL-F60RM.CE7 (HVLF60RM.CE7, HVLF60RMCE7, HVL-F60RM, hvlf60rm) High-speed flash The HVL-F60RM clip-on flash unit features high GN602 power, high-speed continuous shooting support, and fast operation that are ideal for advanced to professional users. Wireless radio commander/receiver functionality is included. GN60 Power and Wide Range Lens Focal Lengths Supported The high GN6010 output of this clip-on flash unit provides plenty of power for a wide range of shooting situations. 20mm to 200mm (14mm with wide panel) lens focal lengths are supported with corresponding flash coverage. The focal length can be selected as required. Continuous Shooting Support Charge cycle time is 1.7 seconds11, or just 0.6 seconds11 with the External Battery Adaptor (FA-EBA1) (optional) for continuous shooting. Proper flash synchronisation is maintained during continuous shooting, minimising flash misfires and ruined shots. Sony Original Quick Shift Bounce Quickly shift from horizontal to vertical orientation, 90° left or right, upward by up to 150°, and downward by 8° for flexible positioning and optimum lighting when frame angles need to be changed quickly. A refined compact mechanism is ideally matched to E-mount cameras, complementing the compact convenience and portability of the E-mount system. Custom Keys and TTL Flash Memory Functions can be freely assigned to the unit’s four-way controller, centre button, and control wheel for easy access when required. What’s more, TTL flash output can be memorized and recalled when needed for immediate use or use after minor adjustment. This is another feature that can simplify manual workflow and save time. Direct Output Adjustment An independent light output level button (LEVEL -/+ button) allows direct control of output or compensation for efficient workflow. A comprehensive display facilitates adjustments and flash output level confirmation, and also provides intuitive access to flash output settings for paired wireless flashes. [1] LEVEL -/+ button [2] LCD panel. Reliability in Challenging Environments A dust and moisture resistant12 design ensures reliable operation in harsh environments. A Rain Guard (optional) provides even further protection and reliability. Another feature that contributes to reliability is a metal Multi Interface Shoe. All of these features add up to enhanced reliability in challenging situations. Stable Wireless Radio Communication Both optical remote flash triggering and wireless radio triggering are supported.  One HVL-F60RM mounted on a compatible camera13 paired with off-camera units provides reliable, interference-free radio communication in conditions that would make optical communication difficult. Slow sync, rear-curtain sync, and multi flash are supported. Multi Flash Radio Control Up to 15 flash units can be assigned to up to 5 groups14 for wireless flash control at distances of up to 30 meters. Optional Wireless Radio Commander (FA-WRC1M) and Wireless Radio Receiver (FA-WRR1) units allow the HVL-F60RM to be used with Sony flash units that do not have built-in radio wireless capability, as well as the radio-capable HVL-F45RM. P-TTL Flash Control Appropriate flash output is determined by using pre-flash to measure exposure. LED Light and AF Assist Not only for studio, but also for outdoor shooting, a built-in LED light is very useful. It also functions as an AF assist light to ensure accurate autofocus operation in dim lighting. The LED can make manual focus easier in dark situations too. Bounce Adaptor The supplied bounce adaptor can be attached for extra diffusion that will illuminate a wider area than the bare flash and also create softer shadows. Use the bounce adaptor with the wide panel to enhance the effect even further. Colour Filters The supplied colour filters can be used to match or complement existing lighting in order to achieve natural white balance or create a specific atmosphere. Sync Terminal (IN/OUT) The sync terminal can function as either an input or an output. As an input it can receive the trigger signal from a flash meter when setting up exposure, for example. As an output it can relay the flash trigger to an external monobloc flash or similar for expanded multi-flash versatility. High-Speed Sync Normal maximum flash sync speeds mean that the shutter speed must be stopped down when using daylight fill flash, making it difficult to produce background bokeh. High-speed sync allows the flash to be synchronised to the full range of shutter speeds15 so that large apertures can be used to create bokeh wherever desired. Selectable Light Distribution Three light distribution settings are available: “STD” for standard distribution, “CENTER” for GN priority, and “EVEN” for wide-angle priority. Flash Ready Beep A “ready” beep informs the user when the flash has fully recharged and is ready for the next exposure, even when using wireless flash. Remote Release The remote release function can be used to remotely activate a camera shutter in synchronisation with one or more flash units, making it possible to simultaneously shoot a single subject from multiple angles, for example. Multi/Micro USB Terminal The flash unit can be connected to a computer via its Multi/Micro USB terminal for convenient software updating.

Manfrotto MAN-A2033FKIT Avenger C-Stand Kit 33

Manfrotto MAN-A2033FKIT (MANA2033FKIT, MAN A2033FKIT, MAN/A2033FKIT, A2033FKIT)  Avenger C-Stand Kit 33. This kit includes a turtle base chrome plated steel stand with 3 sections and 2 risers. It also includes D200 grip head and D520 40'' (124cm) extension arm that provides extended grip point for scrim, flags and small lights. This stand has a maximum payload of 10kg and maximum height of 3.28m.

Manfrotto MAN-FF3512N86 Pantograph with Wire Cable

Manfrotto MAN-FF3512N86 (MANFF3512N86, FF3512N86, MAN FF3512N86, MAN/FF3512N86) Pantograph with Wire Cable. This is the Manfrotto FF3512N86 Pantograph with Wire Cable (Old Cat. No: 3250/2). The pantograph is made of aluminum and manufactured according to DIN 15560-46. The attachments at both ends of the pantograph are 5/8" (16 mm), female on the top and male on the bottom. The load is supported by a steel cable of 0.08 inch. diameter (safety factor 12). It extends from a closed length of 10.6" (27cm) to a maximum extension of 6.5 feet (200cm) Loads of up to 26 lb can be suspended using only the friction device, while loads up to a maximum of 40 lb require the use of the optional springs. The pantograph can be adjusted to keep suspended loads from 2 lb to 10 lb perfectly balanced. The colored notched ring can adjust the pantograph's friction; this will ensure that the load remains stable when set in position, but that it will move smoothly up and down when necessary. It is advisable to use springs to aid raising the pantograph. When choosing the additional spring (s) for your pantograph, you will first need to know exactly which model of pantograph you have, in order that you can select the spring of the correct length. If you have the new compact pantograph, the TOP 2 version (above) has a red notched ring, while the TOP 4 version has a blue notched ring.

Manfrotto MAN-299FBASE Base with Universal Head (No Wheels)

Manfrotto MAN-299FBASE (MAN299FBASE, MAN 299FBASE, 299FBASE, MAN/299FBASE) Base with Universal Head (No Wheels). A folding stand base only. No wheels. It has a leveling leg extender for use on uneven terrain. Accepts 1-1/8" diameter Junior studs or stand risers. 8.3 in (21 cm) tall, 29.8 in (.75 M) footprint. Supports up to 88 lbs (40 kg).

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LB7901 Panoramic Background (13', Granite)

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LB7901 (MANLL-LB7901, MAN LL-LB7901, MAN/LL-LB7901, LL-LB7901) Panoramic Background (13', Granite). The granite 13’ Panoramic Background from Lastolite has a crease-free textile surface. It features a collapsible, 3-panel aluminum framework that creates a self-supporting wraparound structure. The frame snaps together with elastic cord contained within the framework's tubing. The fabric clips to the aluminum frame. This background system is suitable for shooting large groups for weddings, prom nights, and event photography. The frame collapses down into its own zippered case.

Manfrotto MAN-LL LR83352 StudioLink Chroma Key Blue Screen Kit 3 x 3m

Manfrotto MAN-LL LR83352 (MANLL LR83352, LL LR83352, MAN/LL LR83352, MAN LL LR83352) StudioLink Chroma Key Blue Screen Kit 3 x 3m. StudioLink Chroma Key Blue Kit 3 x 3m includes: One Rapid Assembly Aluminium Frame One Clip on Chroma Key Blue Cover One Rigid Carry Case The StudioLink Background system The StudioLink Background is a unique modular chroma key background system for use in the studio or out on location. Once assembled, multiple 3 x 3m (10’ x 10’) StudioLink screens can be joined together using the StudioLink Chroma Key Connection Kit (available separately) to form various configurations; side by side in a straight line or as a curvature up to the point of creating a full 360 degree enclosure. In addition, screens singularly or side-by-side can be rigged (using standard grip equipment) one above the other to create a second tier of screens. In order to join the screens together side-by-side, the optional StudioLink Connection Kit includes three hinge brackets to join the aluminium frames and a ‘clip on’ chroma key joining strip to conceal the aluminium frames and the hinge brackets. When using screens one above the other or when standing a screen on a chroma key floor, each clip on the chroma key cover incorporates a six inch sewn in skirt on the bottom edge to conceal the aluminium frame and provide a continuation of the chroma key surface to the panel below or the floor. StudioLink Chroma Key Connection Kit is available separately. Available in green and blue. Individual covers are available for users who may want to switch between chroma key green and blue.

Manfrotto MAN-387XBU Black Steel Super Wind-Up Stand - 12 Inches (3.6m)

Manfrotto MAN-387XBU (MAN387XBU, 387XBU, MAN 387XBU, MAN/387XBU) Black Steel Super Wind-Up Stand - 12 Inches (3.6m). The Manfrotto 387XBU Black Steel Super Wind-Up Stand rises to a maximum height of 12' (3.6 m). It is similar to the 387XU, but it adds an improved finish that remains black longer and has a higher resistance to corrosion. This heavy duty stand has two risers. The ascent and descent of the sections is controlled by two steel cables, which are activated by unlocking the safeties and turning the crank. It has a Junior (1-1/8") female receptor. To mount fixtures with Baby receptors, order Avenger part #E200. The 387XBU has a leveling leg, to add stability to the load when you are using it on uneven terrain. It also has eyelets so that you may secure optional wind-bracing devices such as #087WBK, or your own wires or rope. Improved finish provides a longer working life for the stand. Column thickness consistency provides better tube coupling. Welded user step enables you to adjust mounted fixtures when the stand is fully extended.

Manfrotto MAN-A1035CS Avenger Combo Stand 35 steel

Manfrotto MAN-A1035CS (MANA1035CS, MAN A1035CS, MAN/A1035CS, A1035CS) Avenger Combo Stand 35 steel. Avenger Combo Stand 35 is a chrome steel stand with 3 sections and 2 risers. It's a heavy duty stand that can support a payload up to 40kg and can reach a maximum height of 3.50m. It is also compatible with A900N braked wheels which are sold separately. It features a 5/8'' (16mm) male stud top attachment and a 1''1/8 (28mm) female receiver. It also features 1 levelling leg to keep the stand steady on uneven surfaces.

Manfrotto MAN-270CSU Super Steel Cine Stand with Leveling Leg - 15.5' (4.7m)

Manfrotto MAN-270CSU (MAN270CSU, 270CSU, MAN 270CSU, MAN/270CSU) Super Steel Cine Stand with Leveling Leg - 15.5' (4.7m). This is a Manfrotto 270CSU Chrome-Plated Steel Stand. It has four sections, and three risers. If the surface is uneven, as in a hill or stairs, extend and lock the third "lazy" leg to give the proper support without having to add apple boxes. Its load capacity is 29.76 lb (13.5 kg) at maximum extension at a 6° incline. On level ground, at minimum extension, its capacity is 88 lb (40kg). Universal Mount This stand is fitted with a universal mount with a Junior 1-1/8" (28mm) socket plus a Baby (5/8") removable, reversible stud with 1/4"-20 and 3/8" threads. Double Braced Leg Base Provides extra stability giving the stand more strength.

Manfrotto MAN-269HDBU Super High Aluminum Stand with Leveling Leg - Black - 24'

Manfrotto MAN-269HDBU (MAN269HDBU, MAN 269HDBU, MAN/269HDBU, 269HDBU) Super High Aluminum Stand with Leveling Leg - Black - 24'. The Manfroto Super High Black Anodized Aluminum Stand is one of the tallest stands available. It will support a maximum load of 22 lbs. At its maximum height, it will support a load of 2.2 lbs without additional bracing or sandbags. This light stand features an independently adjustable leg, which can be extended to level the light stand on uneven terrain or stairs. Wide Base Sure-footed stability at maximum heights Two Finishes Available This stand is also available with a chrome steel finish. Quick Set Up Sets up easily in a matter of seconds Double Braced Leg Base Provides extra stability and strength.

Manfrotto MAN-1004BAC-3 Alu Master Air Cushioned Light Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack (Black, 12')

Manfrotto MAN-1004BAC-3 (MAN1004BAC-3, 1004BAC-3, MAN/1004BAC-3, MAN 1004BAC-3) Alu Master Air Cushioned Light Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack (Black, 12'). This is a Manfrotto Alu Master Air Cushioned Light Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack . Each stand in this set is a 4 section, 3 riser aluminum light stand with a black anodized finish that extends to a maximum height of 12' (4 m). Each stand features QSS (Quick Stack System), which allows the 3 stands to be stacked and bolted together when they are closed for storage or transport. Quick Set-up Sets up easily in a matter of seconds Very Stable Engineered to be stable under recommended loads Aluminum Locking Collars Pressure die cast aluminum Double-Braced Leg Base Extra stability and strength.

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LB7902 Lastolite Panoramic Background (13', Limestone)

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LB7902 (MANLL-LB7902, LL-LB7902, MAN LL-LB7902, MAN/LL-LB7902) Lastolite Panoramic Background (13', Limestone). The limestone 13’ Panoramic Background from Lastolite has a crease-free textile surface. It features a collapsible, 3-panel aluminum framework that creates a self-supporting wraparound structure. The frame snaps together with elastic cord contained within the framework's tubing. The fabric clips to the aluminum frame. This background system is suitable for shooting large groups for weddings, prom nights, and event photography. The frame collapses down into its own zippered case.

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LR82243RC Skylite Rapid Standard Large Kit 2 x 2m

Manfrotto MAN-LL-LR82243RC (MANLL-LR82243RC, LL-LR82243RC MAN LL-LR82243RC, MAN/LL-LR82243RC) Skylite Rapid Standard Large Kit 2 x 2m. Skylite Rapid Small Kit 2 x 2m includes:• Skylight Rapid Frame Small 2m x 2m (6'6'' x 6'6'')(LL LR822) Silver/White reflector (LL LR82231R) 1.25 Stops Diffuser (LL LR82207R) Skylight Rapid Rigid Case (LL LRCASE1025) The Skylite Rapid system The rectangluar LARGE panel is a very versatile size, easily mounted light stands (using the optional Skylite Rapid Griphead LL LA8446). It is available in kit form or as individual components allowing you to build your own configurations. The covers available for the LARGE frame include: 0.75 stop diffuser, 1.25 stop diffuser, silver/white, black/white, sunfire/white and black velvet. The Skylite panels are the go to solution for location imagemakers who need to diffuse or reflect their light source in the most demanding situations. The lightweight, rapid assembly aluminium rigid frame offers ultimate stability even in windy conditions, whilst the clip on covers offer a complete range of diffusion and reflective surfaces. Each framework collapses down into a neat, compact and very portable rigid carry case. An elastic cord runs through the aluminium making it impossible to lose parts or leave anything behind.

Manfrotto MAN-076B Single Autopole (4.9-8.8', Black)

Manfrotto MAN-076B (MAN 076B, MAN/076B, 076B, MAN076B) Single Autopole (4.9-8.8', Black). The Manfrotto 076B Single Autopole, in a black anodized finish, is a single-action locking cam aluminum Autopole. It mounts between the floor and ceiling of a studio. If the studio ceiling is higher than 8.8 feet, Autopole bases and extensions may be ordered separately. Autopoles support backgrounds, lights, and grip arms with the addition of Super Clamps, hooks, and crossbars.

Manfrotto MAN-420B Combi Boom Stand (Black)

Manfrotto MAN-420B (MAN420B, 420B, MAN 420B, MAN/420B) Combi Boom Stand (Black). This is a Manfrotto Combi Boom Stand.  Extend the second riser of this medium duty black aluminum light stand to its maximum, press a lever, and you have a stand with a two section boom arm. When used as a boom stand, its maximum load is 4.5 lbs (2 kg) -- strong enough for a small light fixture with a small softbox or umbrella. A sandbag counterweight is supplied (empty) and recommended whenever boom is extended. Sets up easily in a matter of seconds Column extension locking collars made from pressure die cast aluminum Boom telescopes from 44 to 75.2" (111.7 - 191 cm) Double leg bracing provides extra stability giving the stand more strength

Manfrotto MAN-816 Super Salon 280 Camera Stand

Manfrotto MAN-816 (MAN 816, MAN816, 816, MAN/816) Super Salon 280 Camera Stand - 9'. The Manfrotto Super Salon 280 Camera Stand offers support for every camera size, and generally vary by versatility of their movements. They're equipped with retractable wheels for easier placement around the studio. The Super Salon 280 (old cat #0841) is Manfrotto's flagship of the segment, sporting a pneumatically dampened column which travels nearly to the height of 9 ft. The Super Salon 280 has a 4 in diameter black anodized aluminum column and a 39.3 in horizontal camera arm that travels 24.4 in. The wheels are engaged and disengaged with a single foot pedal, and the lateral arm sports a counterbalanced rack-and-pinion drive mechanism. Heavy Duty Supports all formats of cameras Full Camera Movement The camera support platform allows movement of 360°. Rack and Pinion Drive The arm is accurately counter-balanced to move smoothly up and down.

Manfrotto MAN-A5017 Avenger Roller Stand 17 with Folding Base

Manfrotto MAN-A5017 (MANA5017, MAN/A5017, MAN A5017, A5017) Avenger Roller Stand 17 with Folding Base. This Avenger roller stand with 3 sections and 2 risers, features steel legs and column, and risers in aluminium. It can support a payload up to 12kg and can reach a maximum height of 1.70m. It features wheels for easy transportation and its legs fold up for better storage.

Manfrotto MAN-1052BAC-3 Alu Air-Cushioned Compact Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack (Black, 7.7')

Manfrotto MAN-1052BAC-3 (1052BAC-3, MAN 1052BAC-3, MAN1052BAC-3, MAN/1052BAC-3) Alu Air-Cushioned Compact Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack (Black, 7.7'). This is a Manfrotto Alu Air-Cushioned Compact Stand Quick Stack 3-Pack. Each stand rises to a maximum height of 7.75' (2.3 m), and is air cushioned. Formerly known as a "Stacker", these stands now have what is called the QSS - Quick Stand System. When folded, these 3 stands may connected to each other to ease storage or transport. Air cushioning protects fingers and mounted equipment. If the stand sections are not sufficiently tightened, mounted equipment eases down to minimum height instead of slamming down suddenly. Versatile Top Spigot Baby (5/8") spigot is topped with a 3/8" thread, that thread is topped by a removable 1/4-20" thread.

Manfrotto MAN-MS0490C Carbon Fiber Nanopole Stand (6.5')

Manfrotto MAN-MS0490C (MS0490C, MANMS0490C, MAN/MS0490C, MAN MS0490C) Carbon Fiber Nanopole Stand (6.5'). Manfrotto has pushed the envelope on their popular Nano stand with the introduction of the 5-section MS0490C Carbon Fiber Nanopole Stand The stand rises to a maximum height of 6.5', has a minimum working height of 19.7', a stable 39.4" footprint, and can support gear weighing up to 3.3 lb at maximum height mounted onto its 5/8" stud with both 1/4"-20 and 3/8"-16 threads. The stand's reverse-folding leg design allows it to be broken down to just 20" in length, while its weight of just 1.65 lb is sure to make it a favorite of nature and location photographers, as well as backpackers and campers. These impressive specs might be enough for most stands, but not the MS0490C. The stand has a leveling leg that allows it to be adjusted to center the weight on uneven surfaces such as hills or curbs, or tucked under furniture. Another benefit is the removable center column that can be used as a 5-section boom to hold a light or microphone overhead. Lightest Nano Stand Ever The Carbon Nanopole Stand is Manfrotto's lightest Nano Stand ever, tailored to photographers, videographers, and content creators looking for ways to downsize their gear and travel lighter. Lightweight Trend Lighting equipment is getting lighter and so are lighting supports. Ideal for Small Lighting Equipment Weighing in at only 1.65 lb thanks to its lightweight aluminum base and carbon fiber column, the Carbon Nanopole Stand is the ideal support for small lighting equipment up to 3.3 lb, such as speedlights and LED lights. Compact Stand Fits Anywhere The compact folded length of just 20" makes the Carbon Nanopole Stand suitable for carry-on luggage or ideal for those with very limited carrying space. It even slides neatly into the tripod pouch on the side of most camera bags or backpacks. Leveling Leg The Carbon Nanopole features a useful leveling leg, allowing the user to maintain a stable vertical lighting support even in challenging environments such as uneven ground. Multiple Connection Options This versatile light stand features multiple attachment options including a stainless steel 5/8" spigot with a 3/8"-16 thread, plus a removable 1/4"-20 thread adapter allowing for secure attachment of a wide range of lighting tools. Removable Center Column The removable carbon fiber center column features quick release twist locks, and it can be used as a handheld boom to position lights or even a microphone exactly where they are needed.

Manfrotto MAN-1004BAC Alu Master Air-Cushioned Stand (Black, 12')

Manfrotto MAN-1004BAC (MAN1004BAC, MAN 1004BAC, MAN/1004BAC, 004BAC) Alu Master Air-Cushioned Stand (Black, 12'). The 12' Manfrotto Alu Master Air-Cushioned Stand is a lightweight support with an impressive load capacity. A clever design feature called QSS (Quick Stack System) allows the stand to fold flat, enabling several stands to be clipped together to save space in the studio or on the road. The Alu Master comes with a 5/8" (16mm) "Baby" stud, a 1/4"-20 screw, and a 3/8"-16 screw. It features air cushioning to ensure the soft descent of fragile equipment when the locking knob is loosened. Quick Set-up Sets up easily in a matter of seconds Very Stable Engineered to be stable under recommended loads Aluminum Locking Collars Pressure die cast aluminum Double-Braced Leg Base Extra stability and strength.